Lighting controller for emulating progression of ambient sunlight

ABSTRACT

Lighting controller including control system having first control facility and second control facility. First and second control facilities respectively are for controlling first and second visible-light sources including first and second pluralities of semiconductor light-emitting devices spaced apart from and along longitudinal axis. First and second visible-light sources respectively are positioned for directing first and second beams of first and second visible-light emissions from first and second pluralities of semiconductor light-emitting devices in first and second beam directions. First and second control facilities respectively are programmed for controlling first and second intensities of first and second beams of first and second visible-light emissions. Control system is programmed for modulating first intensity of first beam and second intensity of second beam in manner for causing first and second beams of first and second visible-light emissions to collectively emulate progression of ambient sunlight. Lighting systems and lighting control methods.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of commonly-owned U.S.utility patent application Ser. No. 16/279,396 filed on Feb. 19, 2019,the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein by reference. Thisapplication also is a continuation-in-part of commonly-owned U.S.utility patent application Ser. No. 15/937,843 filed on Mar. 27, 2018,the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein by reference. Thisapplication claims the benefit of commonly-owned U.S. provisional patentapplication Ser. No. 62/477,408 filed on Mar. 27, 2017, the entirety ofwhich hereby is incorporated herein by reference. This applicationfurther claims the benefit of commonly-owned U.S. provisional patentapplication Ser. No. 62/757,664 filed on Nov. 8, 2018, the entirety ofwhich hereby is incorporated herein by reference. This application alsois a continuation-in-part of commonly-owned U.S. patent application Ser.No. 16/049,452 filed on Jul. 30, 2018, the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference. This application additionally is acontinuation-in-part of commonly-owned Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT)international patent application serial number PCT/US2016/015435 filedon Jan. 28, 2016, the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein byreference. This application further is a continuation-in-part ofcommonly-owned PCT international patent application serial numberPCT/US2018/029380 filed on Apr. 25, 2018, the entirety of which herebyis incorporated herein by reference. This application claims the benefitof commonly-owned U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No.62/491,137 filed on Apr. 27, 2017, the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference. This application also claims thebenefit of commonly-owned U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No.62/562,714 filed on Sep. 25, 2017, the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference. This application further claims thebenefit of commonly-owned U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No.62/665,980 filed on May 2, 2018, the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention

The present invention relates to the field of lighting controllers forvisible-light sources that include semiconductor light-emitting devices,and to lighting systems and lighting control methods related to suchlighting controllers.

2. Background of the Invention

Numerous lighting controllers for visible-light sources that includesemiconductor light-emitting devices have been developed. As examples,some of such lighting controllers may control the propagation of lightemitted by the semiconductor light-emitting devices. Despite theexistence of these lighting controllers, further improvements are stillneeded in lighting controllers for visible-light sources that includesemiconductor light-emitting devices, and in lighting systems andlighting control methods related to such lighting controllers.

SUMMARY

In an example of an implementation, a lighting controller is providedthat includes a control system having a first control facility andhaving a second control facility. In the example of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility is for controlling a firstvisible-light source including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along a longitudinalaxis, the first visible-light source being positioned for directing afirst beam of first visible-light emissions from the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beam direction. Furtherin the example of the lighting controller, the second control facilityis for controlling a second visible-light source including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing a second beam of second visible-lightemissions from the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices in a second beam direction. In the example of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility is programmed for controlling afirst intensity of the first beam of the first visible-light emissions.Further in the example of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility is programmed for controlling a second intensity of the secondbeam of the second visible light emissions.

Additionally in the example of the lighting controller, the controlsystem is programmed for modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam and the second intensity of the second beam in a manner for causingthe first and second beams of the first and second visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the control system may beprogrammed for causing the first and second beams to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight by initially modulating thefirst intensity of the first beam to relatively be substantially greaterthan the second intensity of the second beam, and by then graduallymodulating the second intensity of the second beam to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the first intensity of the first beam.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the control system maybe programmed for facilitating an alignment of the first beam towards afirst boundary of an ambient space and for facilitating anotheralignment of the second beam towards a second boundary of the ambientspace being opposite to the first boundary.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the control systemmay include an indicator for facilitating an alignment of the first beamtowards a first boundary of an ambient space and for facilitatinganother alignment of the second beam towards a second boundary of theambient space being opposite to the first boundary.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the control system may beprogrammed for facilitating an alignment of the first beam towards anEastward direction and for facilitating another alignment of the secondbeam towards a Westward direction.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the control system mayinclude an indicator for facilitating an alignment of the first beamtowards an Eastward direction and for facilitating another alignment ofthe second beam towards a Westward direction.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the control system maybe programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam andthe second intensity of the second beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second beams of the first and second visible-light emissionsto collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight through aportion of a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second beams of the first and second visible-light emissionsto collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight throughout acycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the control system may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam in a manner for causing the firstand second beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight when a local sunrise occurs and to collectively conclude theemulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the control system mayinclude an ambient light sensor being programmed for sensing anoccurrence of the local sunrise or the local sunset.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the control system mayinclude a programmable user interface enabling an arbitrary selection ofa simulated sunrise time and a simulated sunset time.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam with a maximum ratio of thefirst intensity divided by the second intensity or of the secondintensity divided by the first intensity being at least about 10:1.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the control system may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam with a maximum ratio of the firstintensity divided by the second intensity or of the second intensitydivided by the first intensity being at least about 100:1.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the control system may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam in afirst range and for modulating the second intensity of the second beamin a second range, in the manner for causing the first and second beamsof the first and second visible-light emissions to collectively emulatethe progression of ambient sunlight.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the control system maybe programmed for controlling the first beam of the first visible-lightemissions as having a first baseline intensity and for controlling thesecond beam of the second visible-light emissions as having a secondbaseline intensity, and the control system may be programmed formodulating the first intensity of the first beam in a first range beingadditive to the first baseline intensity and for modulating the secondintensity of the second beam in a second range being additive to thesecond baseline intensity, in the manner for causing the first andsecond beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the first controlfacility may be coupled with the first visible-light source forcontrolling the first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions; and the second control facility may be coupledwith the second visible-light source for controlling the secondintensity of the second beam of the second visible-light emissions.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the first control facilitymay be for controlling the first visible-light source with the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being collectivelyconfigured for generating the first visible-light emissions as having aselectable first perceived color point; and the second control facilitymay be for controlling the second visible-light source with the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being collectivelyconfigured for generating the second visible-light emissions as having aselectable second perceived color point.

In another example of an implementation, a lighting system is provided,including: the example of the implementation of the lighting controller;the first visible-light source; and the second visible-light source.Further in the example of the lighting system, the first controlfacility may be coupled with the first visible-light source forcontrolling the first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions; and the second control facility may be coupledwith the second visible-light source for controlling the secondintensity of the second beam of the second visible-light emissions.

In an example of another implementation, another lighting controller isprovided that includes a control system having a first control facilityand having a second control facility and having a third controlfacility. Further in the example of the another lighting controller, thefirst control facility is for controlling a first visible-light sourceincluding a first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis, the firstvisible-light source being positioned for directing a first beam offirst visible-light emissions from the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a first beam direction. Also in the example ofthe another lighting controller, the second control facility is forcontrolling a second visible-light source including a second pluralityof semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from andalong the longitudinal axis, the second visible-light source beingpositioned for directing a second beam of second visible-light emissionsfrom the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in asecond beam direction. Additionally in the example of the anotherlighting controller, the third control facility is for controlling athird visible-light source including a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the third visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a third beam of third visible-light emissions from the thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a third beamdirection. In the example of the another lighting controller, the firstcontrol facility is programmed for controlling a first intensity of thefirst beam of the first visible-light emissions, and the second controlfacility is programmed for controlling a second intensity of the secondbeam of the second visible light emissions, and the third controlfacility is programmed for controlling a third intensity of the thirdbeam of the third visible light emissions. Additionally in the exampleof the another lighting controller, the control system is programmed formodulating the first intensity of the first beam and the secondintensity of the second beam and the third intensity of the third beamin a manner for causing the first and second and third beams of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate a progression of ambient sunlight.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for causing the first and second and third beams tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight by initiallymodulating the first intensity of the first beam to relatively besubstantially greater than the third intensity of the third beam whilemodulating the third intensity of the third beam to relatively besubstantially greater than the second intensity of the second beam, andby then gradually modulating the second intensity of the second beam torelatively become substantially greater than the third intensity of thethird beam while gradually modulating the third intensity of the thirdbeam to relatively become substantially greater than the first intensityof the first beam.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for facilitating an alignment of the first beamtowards a first boundary of an ambient space and for facilitatinganother alignment of the second beam towards a second boundary of theambient space being opposite to the first boundary.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may include an indicator for facilitating an alignment of thefirst beam towards a first boundary of an ambient space and forfacilitating another alignment of the second beam towards a secondboundary of the ambient space being opposite to the first boundary.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for facilitating an alignment of the first beamtowards an Eastward direction and for facilitating another alignment ofthe second beam towards a Westward direction.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay include an indicator for facilitating an alignment of the first beamtowards an Eastward direction and for facilitating another alignment ofthe second beam towards a Westward direction.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam and the second intensity of the second beam and the third intensityof the third beam in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight through aportion of a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam and the second intensity of the second beam and the third intensityof the third beam in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight throughout acycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam and the third intensity ofthe third beam in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight when a local sunrise occurs and to collectively conclude theemulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay include an ambient light sensor being programmed for sensing anoccurrence of the local sunrise or the local sunset.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may include a programmable user interface enabling an arbitraryselection of a simulated sunrise time and a simulated sunset time.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam and the second intensity of the second beam with a maximum ratio ofthe first intensity divided by the second intensity or of the secondintensity divided by the first intensity being at least about 10:1.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam with a maximum ratio of thefirst intensity divided by the second intensity or of the secondintensity divided by the first intensity being at least about 100:1.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the first beamin a first range and for modulating the second intensity of the secondbeam in a second range and for modulating the third intensity of thethird beam in a third range, in the manner for causing the first andsecond and third beams of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for controlling the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions as having a first baseline intensity and forcontrolling the second beam of the second visible-light emissions ashaving a second baseline intensity and for controlling the third beam ofthe third visible-light emissions as having a third baseline intensity,and the control system may be programmed for modulating the firstintensity of the first beam in a first range being additive to the firstbaseline intensity and for modulating the second intensity of the secondbeam in a second range being additive to the second baseline intensityand for modulating the third intensity of the third beam in a thirdrange being additive to the third baseline intensity, in the manner forcausing the first and second and third beams of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for controlling the first baseline intensityand the second baseline intensity and the third baseline intensity forcausing the first beam and the second beam and the third beam tocollectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for selection among a plurality of differentpre-programmed combinations of the baseline intensities for the firstvisible-light emissions, the second visible-light emissions, and thethird visible-light emissions.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for controlling the first baseline intensity and thesecond baseline intensity and the third baseline intensity for causingthe first beam and the second beam and the third beam to collectivelyform a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions being: center wall graze; table with wall-fill;wall wash right; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall wash right plusfloor; wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for transitioning, over a selectable timeperiod, the baseline intensities for the first visible-light emissions,the second visible-light emissions, and the third visible-lightemissions from a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations toanother one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the first controlfacility may be coupled with the first visible-light source forcontrolling the first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions; and the second control facility may be coupledwith the second visible-light source for controlling the secondintensity of the second beam of the second visible-light emissions; andthe third control facility may be coupled with the third visible-lightsource for controlling the third intensity of the third beam of thethird visible-light emissions.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the first beamdirection and the second beam direction and the third beam directionsmay be down-light beam directions.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may further include a fourth control facility being coupled witha fourth visible-light source including a fourth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and alongthe longitudinal axis, the fourth visible-light source being positionedfor directing a fourth beam of fourth visible-light emissions from thefourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fourthbeam direction being an up-light beam direction.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may further include a fifth control facility being coupled with afifth visible-light source including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fifth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fifth beam of fifth visible-light emissions from the fifthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fifth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.

In other examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay be programmed for causing the fourth and fifth beams to becollectively synchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight byinitially modulating a fourth intensity of the fourth beam to relativelybe substantially greater than a fifth intensity of the fifth beam, andby then gradually modulating the fifth intensity of the fifth beam torelatively become substantially greater than the fourth intensity of thefourth beam.

In some examples of the another lighting controller, the control systemmay further include a sixth control facility being coupled with a sixthvisible-light source including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the sixth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a sixth beam of sixth visible-light emissions from the sixthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a sixth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.

In further examples of the another lighting controller, the controlsystem may be programmed for causing the fourth and fifth and sixthbeams to be collectively synchronized with the progression of ambientsunlight by initially modulating the fourth intensity of the fourth beamto relatively be substantially greater than a sixth intensity of thesixth beam while modulating the sixth intensity of the sixth beam torelatively be substantially greater than the fifth intensity of thefifth beam, and by then gradually modulating the fifth intensity of thefifth beam to relatively become substantially greater than the sixthintensity of the sixth beam while gradually modulating the sixthintensity of the sixth beam to relatively become substantially greaterthan the fourth intensity of the fourth beam.

In additional examples of the another lighting controller, the firstcontrol facility may be for controlling the first visible-light sourcewith the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices beingcollectively configured for generating the first visible-light emissionsas having a selectable first perceived color point; and the secondcontrol facility may be for controlling the second visible-light sourcewith the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices beingcollectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions as having a selectable second perceived color point; and thethird control facility may be for controlling the third visible-lightsource with the third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing collectively configured for generating the third visible-lightemissions as having a selectable third perceived color point.

In another example of an implementation, another lighting system isprovided, including: the example of the implementation of the lightingcontroller; the first visible-light source; the second visible-lightsource; and a third visible-light source. Also in the example of theanother lighting system, the first control facility is coupled with thefirst visible-light source for controlling the first intensity of thefirst beam of the first visible-light emissions; and the second controlfacility is coupled with the second visible-light source for controllingthe second intensity of the second beam of the second visible-lightemissions; and the third control facility is coupled with the thirdvisible-light source for controlling the third intensity of the thirdbeam of the third visible-light emissions.

In some examples, the another lighting system may include a fourthvisible-light source including a fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fourth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fourth beam of fourth visible-light emissions from thefourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fourthbeam direction being an up-light beam direction; and the control systemmay include a fourth control facility, wherein the fourth controlfacility is coupled with the fourth visible-light source for controllinga fourth intensity of the fourth beam of the fourth visible-lightemissions.

In further examples, the another lighting system may include a fifthvisible-light source including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fifth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fifth beam of fifth visible-light emissions from the fifthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fifth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction; and the control system mayinclude a fifth control facility, wherein the fifth control facility iscoupled with the fifth visible-light source for controlling a fifthintensity of the fifth beam of the fifth visible-light emissions.

In additional examples, the another lighting system may include a sixthvisible-light source including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the sixth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a sixth beam of sixth visible-light emissions from the sixthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a sixth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction; and the control system mayinclude a sixth control facility, wherein the sixth control facility iscoupled with the sixth visible-light source for controlling a sixthintensity of the sixth beam of the sixth visible-light emissions.

In an example of another implementation, a further lighting system isprovided, that includes the another lighting controller having a controlsystem having a first control facility and having a second controlfacility and having a third control facility. Further in the example ofthe further lighting system, the first control facility is forcontrolling a first visible-light source including a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a first beam of first visible-light emissions from the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beamdirection. Also in the example of the further lighting system, thesecond control facility is for controlling a second visible-light sourceincluding a second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis, the secondvisible-light source being positioned for directing a second beam ofsecond visible-light emissions from the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices in a second beam direction.Additionally in the example of the further lighting system, the thirdcontrol facility is for controlling a third visible-light sourceincluding a third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis, the thirdvisible-light source being positioned for directing a third beam ofthird visible-light emissions from the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a third beam direction. In the example of thefurther lighting system, the first control facility is programmed forcontrolling a first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions, and the second control facility is programmedfor controlling a second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible light emissions, and the third control facility is programmedfor controlling a third intensity of the third beam of the third visiblelight emissions. Additionally in the example of the further lightingsystem, the control system is programmed for modulating the firstintensity of the first beam and the second intensity of the second beamand the third intensity of the third beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions to collectively emulate a progression of ambientsunlight. In some examples, the further lighting system may include: anedge-lit lightguide panel; a first visible-light source; anotheredge-lit lightguide panel; a third visible-light source; and a totalinternal reflection lens including a second visible-light source. Inthose examples of the further lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel may be extended along the longitudinal axis, the edge-litlightguide panel having a pair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces andhaving a peripheral edge being extended along and spaced transverselyaway from the longitudinal axis, wherein one of the pair of panelsurfaces includes a first light output interface. Also in those examplesof the further lighting system, the first visible-light source mayinclude a first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices, thefirst visible-light source being configured for generating firstvisible-light emissions from the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and being located along the peripheral edge fordirecting the first visible-light emissions into the edge-lit lightguidepanel. Further in those examples of the further lighting system, theanother edge-lit lightguide panel may be extended along the longitudinalaxis, the another edge-lit lightguide panel having another pair ofmutually-opposing panel surfaces and having another peripheral edgebeing extended along and spaced transversely away from the longitudinalaxis, and one of the another pair of panel surfaces may include a secondlight output interface. Additionally in those examples of the furtherlighting system, the third visible-light source may include a thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices, the thirdvisible-light source being configured for generating third visible-lightemissions from the third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices and being located along the another peripheral edge fordirecting the third visible-light emissions into the another edge-litlightguide panel. Also in those examples of the further lighting system,the total internal reflection lens may have a central light-emissionaxis being transverse to the longitudinal axis, the total internalreflection lens including a third light output interface being locatedbetween the first and second light output interfaces, the third lightoutput interface being spaced apart from a central light input interfaceby a total internal reflection side surface, the total internalreflection side surface being extended along the central light-emissionaxis, the total internal reflection lens having the second visible-lightsource as including a second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices, the second visible-light source being configured for generatingsecond visible-light emissions from the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices and being located at the centrallight input interface for directing the second visible-light emissionsthrough the total internal reflection lens to the third light outputinterface. In those examples of the further lighting system, the first,second and third light output interfaces may cooperatively define anemission aperture for forming combined visible-light emissions includingthe first visible-light emissions, the second visible-light emissions,and the third visible-light emissions. Also in those examples of thefurther lighting system, the emission aperture may form a shielding zonefor redirecting some of the combined visible-light emissions.

In an example of a further implementation, an additional lighting systemis provided, that includes the another lighting controller having acontrol system having a first control facility and having a secondcontrol facility and having a third control facility. Further in theexample of the additional lighting system, the first control facility isfor controlling a first visible-light source including a first pluralityof semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from andalong a longitudinal axis, the first visible-light source beingpositioned for directing a first beam of first visible-light emissionsfrom the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in afirst beam direction. Also in the example of the additional lightingsystem, the second control facility is for controlling a secondvisible-light source including a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the second visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a second beam of second visible-light emissions from thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a secondbeam direction. Additionally in the example of the additional lightingsystem, the third control facility is for controlling a thirdvisible-light source including a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the third visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a third beam of third visible-light emissions from the thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a third beamdirection. In the example of the additional lighting system, the firstcontrol facility is programmed for controlling a first intensity of thefirst beam of the first visible-light emissions, and the second controlfacility is programmed for controlling a second intensity of the secondbeam of the second visible light emissions, and the third controlfacility is programmed for controlling a third intensity of the thirdbeam of the third visible light emissions. Additionally in the exampleof the additional lighting system, the control system is programmed formodulating the first intensity of the first beam and the secondintensity of the second beam and the third intensity of the third beamin a manner for causing the first and second and third beams of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate a progression of ambient sunlight. In some examples, theadditional lighting system may include: an edge-lit lightguide panel; afirst visible-light source; another edge-lit lightguide panel; a thirdvisible-light source; and a bowl reflector including a secondvisible-light source. In those examples of the additional lightingsystem, the edge-lit lightguide panel may be extended along thelongitudinal axis, the edge-lit lightguide panel having a pair ofmutually-opposing panel surfaces and having a peripheral edge beingextended along and spaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis,wherein one of the pair of panel surfaces includes a first light outputinterface. Also in those examples of the additional lighting system, thefirst visible-light source may include a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices, the first visible-light sourcebeing configured for generating first visible-light emissions from thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and beinglocated along the peripheral edge for directing the first visible-lightemissions into the edge-lit lightguide panel. Further in those examplesof the additional lighting system, the another edge-lit lightguide panelmay be extended along the longitudinal axis, the another edge-litlightguide panel having another pair of mutually-opposing panel surfacesand having another peripheral edge being extended along and spacedtransversely away from the longitudinal axis, and one of the anotherpair of panel surfaces may include a second light output interface.Additionally in those examples of the additional lighting system, thethird visible-light source may include a third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices, the third visible-light sourcebeing configured for generating third visible-light emissions from thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and beinglocated along the another peripheral edge for directing the thirdvisible-light emissions into the another edge-lit lightguide panel. Alsoin those examples of the additional lighting system, the bowl reflectormay have a central light-emission axis being transverse to thelongitudinal axis, the bowl reflector including a third light outputinterface being located between the first and second light outputinterfaces, the third light output interface being spaced apart from acentral light input interface by a visible-light-reflective sidesurface, the visible-light-reflective side surface being extended alongthe central light-emission axis and defining a portion of a cavity, thebowl reflector having a second visible-light source including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices, the secondvisible-light source being configured for generating secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and being located at the central light inputinterface for directing the second visible-light emissions through thecavity to the third light output interface. In those examples of theadditional lighting system, the first, second and third light outputinterfaces may cooperatively define an emission aperture for formingcombined visible-light emissions including the first visible-lightemissions, the second visible-light emissions, and the thirdvisible-light emissions. Also in those examples of the additionallighting system, the emission aperture may form a shielding zone forredirecting some of the combined visible-light emissions.

In an additional example of an implementation, a lighting control methodis provided, that includes: providing a first visible-light source;providing a second visible-light source; controlling a first intensityof a first beam of first visible-light emissions; and controlling asecond intensity of a second beam of second visible-light emissions. Inthe example of the lighting control method, providing the firstvisible-light source includes providing a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting the first beam of the first visible-light emissions from thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beamdirection. In the example of the lighting control method, providing thesecond visible-light source includes providing a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and alongthe longitudinal axis, the second visible-light source being positionedfor directing the second beam of the second visible-light emissions fromthe second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a secondbeam direction. Also in the example of the lighting control method,controlling the first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions and controlling the second intensity of thesecond beam of the second visible light emissions includes: modulatingthe first intensity of the first beam and the second intensity of thesecond beam in a manner causing the first and second beams of the firstand second visible-light emissions to collectively emulate a progressionof ambient sunlight.

In some examples of the lighting control method, causing the first andsecond beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightmay include initially modulating the first intensity of the first beamto relatively be substantially greater than the second intensity of thesecond beam, and may include then gradually modulating the secondintensity of the second beam to relatively become substantially greaterthan the first intensity of the first beam.

In further examples of the lighting control method, causing the firstand second beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight may include modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second beams of the first and second visible-light emissionsto collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight through aportion of a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In additional examples of the lighting control method, causing the firstand second beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight may include modulating the first intensity of the first beamand the second intensity of the second beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second beams of the first and second visible-light emissionsto collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight throughout acycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In other examples of the lighting control method, causing the first andsecond beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightmay include modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam in a manner causing the first andsecond beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight when a local sunrise occurs and to collectively conclude theemulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs.

In some examples of the lighting control method, causing the first andsecond beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightmay include initiating an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight at an arbitrary user-selected time of a simulated sunrise andconcluding the emulation at an arbitrary user-selected time of asimulated sunset.

In further examples of the lighting control method, causing the firstand second beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight may include modulating the first intensity of the first beam ina first range and modulating the second intensity of the second beam ina second range, in the manner for causing the first and second beams ofthe first and second visible-light emissions to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight.

In additional examples of the lighting control method, causing the firstand second beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight may include controlling the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions as having a first baseline intensity andcontrolling the second beam of the second visible-light emissions ashaving a second baseline intensity; and causing the first and secondbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight mayinclude modulating the first intensity of the first beam in a firstrange being additive to the first baseline intensity and modulating thesecond intensity of the second beam in a second range being additive tothe second baseline intensity, in the manner for causing the first andsecond beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.

In other examples of the lighting control method, controlling the firstvisible-light source with the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices may include generating the first visible-lightemissions as having a selectable first perceived color point; andcontrolling the second visible-light source with the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices may include generating the secondvisible-light emissions as having a selectable second perceived colorpoint.

In a further example of an implementation, another lighting controlmethod is provided, that includes: providing a first visible-lightsource; providing a second visible-light source; providing a thirdvisible-light source; controlling a first intensity of a first beam offirst visible-light emissions; controlling a second intensity of asecond beam of second visible-light emissions; and controlling a thirdintensity of a third beam of third visible-light emissions. In theexample of the another lighting control method, providing the firstvisible-light source includes providing a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting the first beam of the first visible-light emissions from thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beamdirection. In the example of the another lighting control method,providing the second visible-light source includes providing a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a second beam direction. In the example of theanother lighting control method, providing the third visible-lightsource includes providing a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the third visible-light source being positioned fordirecting the third beam of the third visible-light emissions from thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a third beamdirection. Additionally, the another lighting control method includescontrolling a first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions, and controlling a second intensity of thesecond beam of the second visible light emissions, and controlling athird intensity of the third beam of the third visible light emissions,by modulating the first intensity of the first beam and the secondintensity of the second beam and the third intensity of the third beamin a manner causing the first and second and third beams of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions to collectively emulate aprogression of ambient sunlight.

In some examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include initially modulating the first intensityof the first beam to relatively be substantially greater than the thirdintensity of the third beam while modulating the third intensity of thethird beam to relatively be substantially greater than the secondintensity of the second beam, and may include then gradually modulatingthe second intensity of the second beam to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the third intensity of the third beam whilegradually modulating the third intensity of the third beam to relativelybecome substantially greater than the first intensity of the first beam.

In further examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam and the second intensity of the second beam and the thirdintensity of the third beam in a manner for causing the first and secondand third beams of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightthrough a portion of a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In additional examples of the another lighting control method, causingthe first and second and third beams to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight may include modulating the firstintensity of the first beam and the second intensity of the second beamand the third intensity of the third beam in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight throughout a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.

In other examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam and the second intensity of the second beam and the thirdintensity of the third beam in a manner causing the first and second andthird beams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight when a local sunrise occurs and to collectively conclude theemulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs.

In some examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second beams to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight may include initiating an emulation of the progressionof ambient sunlight at an arbitrary user-selected time of a simulatedsunrise and concluding the emulation at an arbitrary user-selected timeof a simulated sunset.

In further examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam in a first range and modulating the second intensity of thesecond beam in a second range and modulating the third intensity of thethird beam in a third range, in the manner for causing the first andsecond and third beams of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.

In additional examples of the another lighting control method, causingthe first and second and third beams to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight may include controlling the first beamof the first visible-light emissions as having a first baselineintensity and controlling the second beam of the second visible-lightemissions as having a second baseline intensity and controlling thethird beam of the third visible-light emissions as having a thirdbaseline intensity; and causing the first and second and third beams tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight may includemodulating the first intensity of the first beam in a first range beingadditive to the first baseline intensity and modulating the secondintensity of the second beam in a second range being additive to thesecond baseline intensity and modulating the third intensity of thethird beam in a third range being additive to the third baselineintensity, in the manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.

In other examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include controlling the first baseline intensityand the second baseline intensity and the third baseline intensity forcausing the first beam and the second beam and the third beam tocollectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions.

In some examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include controlling the first baseline intensityand the second baseline intensity and the third baseline intensity forcausing the first beam and the second beam and the third beam tocollectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions being: center wall graze; table withwall-fill; wall wash right; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall washright plus floor; wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing.

In further examples of the another lighting control method, causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight may include transitioning, over a selectable timeperiod, the baseline intensities for the first visible-light emissions,the second visible-light emissions, and the third visible-lightemissions from a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations toanother one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.

In additional examples of the another lighting control method, causingthe first and second and third beams to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight may include the first beam direction andthe second beam direction and the third beam directions as beingdown-light beam directions.

In other examples, the another lighting control method may includeproviding a fourth control facility being coupled with a fourthvisible-light source including a fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fourth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fourth beam of fourth visible-light emissions from thefourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fourthbeam direction being an up-light beam direction.

In some examples, the another lighting control method may includeproviding a fifth control facility being coupled with a fifthvisible-light source including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fifth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fifth beam of fifth visible-light emissions from the fifthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fifth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.

In further examples, the another lighting control method may includecausing the fourth and fifth beams to be collectively synchronized withthe progression of ambient sunlight by initially modulating a fourthintensity of the fourth beam to relatively be substantially greater thana fifth intensity of the fifth beam, and then gradually modulating thefifth intensity of the fifth beam to relatively become substantiallygreater than the fourth intensity of the fourth beam.

In additional examples, the another lighting control method may includeproviding a sixth control facility being coupled with a sixthvisible-light source including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the sixth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a sixth beam of sixth visible-light emissions from the sixthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a sixth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.

In other examples, the another lighting control method may includecausing the fourth and fifth and sixth beams to be collectivelysynchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight by initiallymodulating the fourth intensity of the fourth beam to relatively besubstantially greater than a sixth intensity of the sixth beam whilemodulating the sixth intensity of the sixth beam to relatively besubstantially greater than the fifth intensity of the fifth beam, andthen gradually modulating the fifth intensity of the fifth beam torelatively become substantially greater than the sixth intensity of thesixth beam while gradually modulating the sixth intensity of the sixthbeam to relatively become substantially greater than the fourthintensity of the fourth beam.

In some examples, the another lighting control method may includecontrolling the first visible-light source with the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being collectively configured forgenerating the first visible-light emissions as having a selectablefirst perceived color point; and controlling the second visible-lightsource with the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing collectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions as having a selectable second perceived color point; andcontrolling the third visible-light source with the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being collectively configured forgenerating the third visible-light emissions as having a selectablethird perceived color point.

In an additional example of an implementation, a lighting controller isprovided that includes a control system having a first control facilityand having a second control facility. In the example of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility may be for controlling a firstvisible-light source including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices, the first and second pluralities ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a first beam of first visible-light emissions from the firstand second pluralities of semiconductor light-emitting devices in adown-light beam direction. Further in the example of the lightingcontroller, the second control facility may be for controlling a secondvisible-light source including a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and a fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices, the third and fourth pluralities ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and alongthe longitudinal axis, the second visible-light source being positionedfor directing a second beam of second visible-light emissions from thethird and fourth pluralities of semiconductor light-emitting devices inan up-light beam direction. In the example of the lighting controller,the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices may have afirst spectral power distribution (SPD) and a corresponding firstperceived color point being white and a corresponding correlated colortemperature (CCT) being warm or very warm, and the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices may have a second SPD and acorresponding second perceived color point being white and acorresponding CCT being cool or very cool. In the example of thelighting controller, the third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices may have a third SPD and a corresponding third perceived colorpoint being yellowish-orange, orange or reddish-orange, and the fourthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices may have a fourth SPDand a corresponding fourth perceived color point being greenish-blue,blue, cyan, or purplish-blue. In the example of the lighting controller,the first control facility may be programmed for modulating an intensityof the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices andanother intensity of the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices, causing the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions to have a first CCT at about sunrise being warmor very warm, and to transition to a second CCT at midday being cool orvery cool, and to transition to a third CCT at about sunset being warmor very warm. In the example of the lighting controller, the secondcontrol facility may be programmed for modulating a further intensity ofthe third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and anadditional intensity of the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices, causing the second beam of the second visiblelight emissions to have an initial perceived color point at aboutsunrise being yellowish-orange, orange or reddish-orange, and totransition to a further perceived color point at midday beinggreenish-blue, blue, cyan, or purplish-blue, and to transition to anadditional perceived color point at about sunset being yellowish-orange,orange or reddish-orange.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the first control facilitymay be programmed for modulating the intensity of the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices and the another intensity of thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices for causing thefirst beam of the first visible-light emissions to transition among: thefirst CCT at about sunrise; and the second CCT at midday; and the thirdCCT at about sunset.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be programmed for modulating the further intensity of thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and theadditional intensity of the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices as causing the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions to transition among: the initial perceived colorpoint at about sunrise; and the further perceived color point at midday;and the additional perceived color point at about sunset.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the first controlfacility may be for controlling the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding CCT as being within arange of between about 1800K and about 2500K.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the first control facilitymay be for controlling the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding CCT as being within arange of between about 5000K and about 10000K.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the second control facilitymay be for controlling the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding third perceived colorpoint as being within a range of between about 581 nanometers and about620 nanometers.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be for controlling the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding fourth perceived colorpoint as being orange.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be for controlling the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding orange third perceivedcolor point as being within a range of between about 586 nanometers andabout 599 nanometers.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be for controlling the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding fourth perceived colorpoint as being within a range of between about 380 nanometers and about520 nanometers.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the second control facilitymay be for controlling the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding fourth perceived colorpoint as being cyan.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be for controlling the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices with the corresponding cyan fourth perceivedcolor point as being within a range of between about 485 nanometers andabout 520 nanometers.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the first controlfacility may be programmed for causing the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions to have the first CCT at about a local sunriseand to transition to the second CCT at a local midday and to transitionto the third CCT at about a local sunset.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the second controlfacility may be programmed for causing the second beam of the secondvisible light emissions to have the initial perceived color point atabout the local sunrise and to transition to the further perceived colorpoint at the local midday and to transition to the additional perceivedcolor point at about the local sunset.

In some examples, the lighting controller may further include an ambientlight sensor being programmed for sensing an occurrence of the localsunrise or the local sunset.

In further examples, the lighting controller may further include aprogrammable user interface enabling an arbitrary selection of asimulated sunrise time and a simulated sunset time.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, the first SPD mayhave a first circadian-stimulating energy characteristic (CSEC), and thesecond SPD may have a second CSEC.

In other examples of the lighting controller, the third SPD may have athird CSEC, and the fourth SPD may have a fourth CSEC.

In some examples of the lighting controller, the first CSEC may includea first Equivalent Melanopic LUX (EML) value, and the second CSEC mayinclude a second EML value.

In further examples of the lighting controller, the first CSEC mayinclude a first Equivalent Melanopic LUX (EML) value, and the secondCSEC may include a second EML value, and the third CSEC may include athird EML value, and the fourth CSEC may include a fourth EML value.

In additional examples of the lighting controller, a ratio the first EMLvalue to the second EML value may be greater than about 5.

In other examples of the lighting controller, a ratio the first EMLvalue to the second EML value may be greater than about 5; and a ratioof the sum of the first and second EML values to the sum of the thirdand fourth EML values may be greater than about 5.

Other systems, processes, features and advantages of the invention willbe or will become apparent to one with skill in the art upon examinationof the following figures and detailed description. It is intended thatall such additional systems, processes, features and advantages beincluded within this description, be within the scope of the invention,and be protected by the accompanying claims.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

The invention can be better understood with reference to the followingfigures. The components in the figures are not necessarily to scale,emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of theinvention. Moreover, in the figures, like reference numerals designatecorresponding parts throughout the different views.

FIG. 1 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [100] ofan implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 2-2showing the example [100] of the lighting system.

FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 3-3showing the example [100] of the lighting system.

FIG. 4 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 4showing the example [100] of an implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 5 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [500] ofan implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 6-6showing the example [500] of the lighting system.

FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 7-7showing the example [500] of the lighting system.

FIG. 8 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 8showing the example [500] of an implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 9 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [900] ofan implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 10-10showing the example [900] of the lighting system.

FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 11-11showing the example [900] of the lighting system.

FIG. 12 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 12showing the example [900] of an implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 13 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [1300] ofan implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 14-14showing the example [1300] of the lighting system.

FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 15-15showing the example [1300] of the lighting system.

FIG. 16 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 16showing the example [1300] of an implementation of a lighting system.

FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an example [1700] of a lightingcontroller.

FIG. 18 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing an example [1800]of a lighting system together with which the example [1700] of thelighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 19-19showing the example [1800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 20 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 20-20showing the example [1800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 21 is a schematic top perspective view taken along the line 21showing the example [1800] of an implementation of a lighting systemtogether with which the example [1700] of the lighting controller may beutilized.

FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an example [2200] of a lightingcontroller.

FIG. 23 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing an example [2300]of an implementation of a lighting system together with which theexample [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 24-24showing the example [2300] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 25 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 25-25showing the example [2300] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 26 is a schematic top perspective view taken along the line 26showing the example [2300] of an implementation of a lighting systemtogether with which the example [2200] of the lighting controller may beutilized.

FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example [2700] of a lightingcontroller.

FIG. 28 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing an example [2800]of an implementation of a lighting system together with which theexample [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 29-29showing the example [2800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 30-30showing the example [2800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

FIG. 31 is a schematic top perspective view taken along the line 31showing the example [2800] of an implementation of a lighting systemtogether with which the example [2700] of the lighting controller may beutilized.

FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an example [3200] of a lightingcontroller, being utilized together with the lighting system [100]discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 1-4.

FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an example [3300] of a lightingcontroller, being utilized together with the lighting system [900]discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 9-12.

FIG. 34 is a flow chart of an example [3400] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [1700] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 17-21.

FIG. 35 is a flow chart of an example [3500] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [2200] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 22-26.

FIG. 36 is a flow chart of an example [3600] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [2700] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 27-31.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Various lighting controllers for visible-light sources that includesemiconductor light-emitting devices have been designed. Many suchlighting controllers exist that are capable of controlling lightemissions for illumination of a defined area, such as a room or hallway.However, existing lighting controllers often have demonstrably failed toeffectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight, or to provideappropriate illumination for defined areas, or to take into account thepurpose for the illumination, or to be adaptable for a wide variety ofarea types and purposes, or to provide light emissions having anappropriate and controllable brightness and color(s) and propagatingwith a controllable beam angle range and a controllable field anglerange; and often have generated light emissions being perceived ashaving aesthetically-unpleasing glare. Existing lighting controllersoften have also demonstrably failed to emulate the progression ofambient sunlight through a cycle, or a portion of a cycle, extendingfrom sunrise to sunset. Such existing lighting controllers also oftenhave failed to facilitate the initiation of an emulation of theprogression of ambient sunlight when a local sunrise occurs and tocollectively conclude the emulation when a corresponding local sunsetoccurs; or to enable an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise timeand a simulated sunset time. Existing lighting controllers further haveoften demonstrably failed to permit a lighting system to illuminate anambient space with a pre-programmed or pre-set baseline pattern, such ascenter wall graze, table with wall-fill, wall wash right, wall washleft, double wall wash, wall wash right plus floor, wall wash left plusfloor, room, or batwing, while also emulating a progression of ambientsunlight.

Lighting controllers accordingly are provided herein, that include acontrol system having a first control facility and a second controlfacility. In the lighting controllers, the first control facility is forcontrolling a first visible-light source including a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a first beam of first visible-light emissions from the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beamdirection. Further in the lighting controllers, the second controlfacility is for controlling a second visible-light source including asecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-lightsource being positioned for directing a second beam of secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a second beam direction. In the lightingcontrollers, the first control facility is programmed for controlling afirst intensity of the first beam of the first visible-light emissions.Further in the lighting controllers, the second control facility isprogrammed for controlling a second intensity of the second beam of thesecond visible light emissions. Additionally in the lightingcontrollers, the control system is programmed for modulating the firstintensity of the first beam and the second intensity of the second beamin a manner for causing the first and second beams of the first andsecond visible-light emissions to collectively emulate a progression ofambient sunlight.

Lighting systems also are accordingly provided herein, including: acontrol system having a first control facility and a second controlfacility; a first visible-light source; and a second visible-lightsource. Further in the lighting systems, the first control facility iscoupled with the first visible-light source for controlling a firstintensity of a first beam of the first visible-light emissions; and thesecond control facility is coupled with the second visible-light sourcefor controlling a second intensity of a second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions.

Lighting control methods further are accordingly provided herein, thatinclude: providing a first visible-light source; providing a secondvisible-light source; controlling a first intensity of a first beam offirst visible-light emissions; and controlling a second intensity of asecond beam of second visible-light emissions. In the lighting controlmethods, providing the first visible-light source includes providing afirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spacedapart from and along a longitudinal axis, the first visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing the first beam of the first visible-lightemissions from the first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices in a first beam direction. In the lighting control methods,providing the second visible-light source includes providing a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a second beam direction. Also in the lightingcontrol methods, controlling the first intensity of the first beam ofthe first visible-light emissions and controlling the second intensityof the second beam of the second visible light emissions includesmodulating the first intensity of the first beam and the secondintensity of the second beam in a manner causing the first and secondbeams of the first and second visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate a progression of ambient sunlight.

The following definitions of terms, being stated as applying “throughoutthis specification”, are hereby deemed to be incorporated throughoutthis specification, including but not limited to the Summary, BriefDescription of the Figures, Detailed Description, and Claims.

Throughout this specification, the term “semiconductor” means: asubstance, examples including a solid chemical element or compound, thatcan conduct electricity under some conditions but not others, making thesubstance a good medium for the control of electrical current.

Throughout this specification, the term “semiconductor light-emittingdevice” (also being abbreviated as “SLED”) means: a light-emittingdiode; an organic light-emitting diode; a laser diode; or any otherlight-emitting device having one or more layers containing inorganicand/or organic semiconductor(s). Throughout this specification, the term“light-emitting diode” (herein also referred to as an “LED”) means: atwo-lead semiconductor light source having an active pn-junction. Asexamples, an LED may include a series of semiconductor layers that maybe epitaxially grown on a substrate such as, for example, a substratethat includes sapphire, silicon, silicon carbide, gallium nitride orgallium arsenide. Further, for example, one or more semiconductor p-njunctions may be formed in these epitaxial layers. When a sufficientvoltage is applied across the p-n junction, for example, electrons inthe n-type semiconductor layers and holes in the p-type semiconductorlayers may flow toward the p-n junction. As the electrons and holes flowtoward each other, some of the electrons may recombine withcorresponding holes, and emit photons. The energy release is calledelectroluminescence, and the color of the light, which corresponds tothe energy of the photons, is determined by the energy band gap of thesemiconductor. As examples, a spectral power distribution of the lightgenerated by an LED may generally depend on the particular semiconductormaterials used and on the structure of the thin epitaxial layers thatmake up the “active region” of the device, being the area where thelight is generated. As examples, an LED may have a light-emissiveelectroluminescent layer including an inorganic semiconductor, such as aGroup III-V semiconductor, examples including: gallium nitride; silicon;silicon carbide; and zinc oxide. Throughout this specification, the term“organic light-emitting diode” (herein also referred to as an “OLED”)means: an LED having a light-emissive electroluminescent layer includingan organic semiconductor, such as small organic molecules or an organicpolymer. It is understood throughout this specification that asemiconductor light-emitting device may include: anon-semiconductor-substrate or a semiconductor-substrate; and mayinclude one or more electrically-conductive contact layers. Further, itis understood throughout this specification that an LED may include asubstrate formed of materials such as, for example: silicon carbide;sapphire; gallium nitride; or silicon. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a semiconductor light-emitting devicemay have a cathode contact on one side and an anode contact on anopposite side, or may alternatively have both contacts on the same sideof the device.

Further background information regarding semiconductor light-emittingdevices is provided in the following documents, the entireties of all ofwhich hereby are incorporated by reference herein: U.S. Pat. Nos.7,564,180; 7,456,499; 7,213,940; 7,095,056; 6,958,497; 6,853,010;6,791,119; 6,600,175; 6,201,262; 6,187,606; 6,120,600; 5,912,477;5,739,554; 5,631,190; 5,604,135; 5,523,589; 5,416,342; 5,393,993;5,359,345; 5,338,944; 5,210,051; 5,027,168; 5,027,168; 4,966,862; and4,918,497; and U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2014/0225511;2014/0078715; 2013/0241392; 2009/0184616; 2009/0080185; 2009/0050908;2009/0050907; 2008/0308825; 2008/0198112; 2008/0179611; 2008/0173884;2008/0121921; 2008/0012036; 2007/0253209;

2007/0223219; 2007/0170447; 2007/0158668; 2007/0139923; and2006/0221272.

Throughout this specification, the term “spectral power distribution”means: the emission spectrum of the one or more wavelengths of lightemitted by a semiconductor light-emitting device. Throughout thisspecification, the term “peak wavelength” means: the wavelength wherethe spectral power distribution of a semiconductor light-emitting devicereaches its maximum value as detected by a photo-detector. As anexample, an LED may be a source of nearly monochromatic light and mayappear to emit light having a single color. Thus, the spectral powerdistribution of the light emitted by such an LED may be centered aboutits peak wavelength. As examples, the “width” of the spectral powerdistribution of an LED may be within a range of between about 10nanometers and about 30 nanometers, where the width is measured at halfthe maximum illumination on each side of the emission spectrum.

Throughout this specification, both of the terms “beam width” and“full-width-half-maximum” (“FWHM”) mean: the measured angle, beingcollectively defined by two mutually-opposed angular directions awayfrom a center emission direction of a visible-light beam, at which anintensity of the visible-light emissions is half of a maximum intensitymeasured at the center emission direction. Throughout thisspecification, in the case of a visible-light beam having a non-circularshape, e.g. a visible-light beam having an elliptical shape, then theterms “beam width” and “full-width-half-maximum” (“FWHM”) mean: themeasured maximum and minimum angles, being respectively defined in twomutually-orthogonal pairs of mutually-opposed angular directions awayfrom a center emission direction of a visible-light beam, at which arespective intensity of the visible-light emissions is half of acorresponding maximum intensity measured at the center emissiondirection. Throughout this specification, the term “field angle” means:the measured angle, being collectively defined by two opposing angulardirections away from a center emission direction of a visible-lightbeam, at which an intensity of the visible-light emissions is one-tenthof a maximum intensity measured at the center emission direction.Throughout this specification, in the case of a visible-light beamhaving a non-circular shape, e.g. a visible-light beam having anelliptical shape, then the term “field angle” means: the measuredmaximum and minimum angles, being respectively defined in twomutually-orthogonal pairs of mutually-opposed angular directions awayfrom a center emission direction of a visible-light beam, at which arespective intensity of the visible-light emissions is one-tenth of acorresponding maximum intensity measured at the center emissiondirection.

Throughout this specification, the term “dominant wavelength” means: thewavelength of monochromatic light that has the same apparent color asthe light emitted by a semiconductor light-emitting device, as perceivedby the human eye. As an example, since the human eye perceives yellowand green light better than red and blue light, and because the lightemitted by a semiconductor light-emitting device may extend across arange of wavelengths, the color perceived (i.e., the dominantwavelength) may differ from the peak wavelength.

Throughout this specification, the term “luminous flux”, also referredto as “luminous power”, means: the measure in lumens of the perceivedpower of light, being adjusted to reflect the varying sensitivity of thehuman eye to different wavelengths of light. Throughout thisspecification, the term “radiant flux” means: the measure of the totalpower of electromagnetic radiation without being so adjusted. Throughoutthis specification, the term “intensity” denotes “luminous intensity”,being a measure of the wavelength-weighted power (luminous flux) emittedby a visible-light source in a particular direction per unit solid anglebased on the standardized luminosity function of the sensitivity ofhuman eyesight to various wavelengths of light. Throughout thisspecification, the term “central light-emission axis” means a directionalong which the light emissions of a semiconductor light-emitting devicehave a greatest radiant flux. It is understood throughout thisspecification that light emissions “along a central light-emission axis”means light emissions that: include light emissions in the direction ofthe central light-emission axis; and may further include light emissionsin a plurality of other generally similar directions.

It is understood throughout this specification that light emissions“along the longitudinal axis” means light emissions that: include lightemissions in the directions of the longitudinal axis; and may furtherinclude light emissions in a plurality of other generally similardirections. It is understood throughout this specification that lightemissions “in directions transverse to the longitudinal axis” meanslight emissions that: include light emissions in the directions beingorthogonal to the longitudinal axis; and may further include lightemissions in a plurality of other generally similar directions. It isunderstood throughout this specification that light emissions “indirections spaced apart from directions along the longitudinal axis”means light emissions in directions being similar to and spaced apartfrom the directions along the longitudinal axis. It is understoodthroughout this specification that light emissions “in directions spacedapart from directions transverse to the longitudinal axis” means lightemissions in directions being similar to and spaced apart from thedirections being transverse to the longitudinal axis.

Throughout this specification, the term “color bin” means: thedesignated empirical spectral power distribution and relatedcharacteristics of a particular semiconductor light-emitting device. Forexample, individual light-emitting diodes (LEDs) are typically testedand assigned to a designated color bin (i.e., “binned”) based on avariety of characteristics derived from their spectral powerdistribution. As an example, a particular LED may be binned based on thevalue of its peak wavelength, being a common metric to characterize thecolor aspect of the spectral power distribution of LEDs. Examples ofother metrics that may be utilized to bin LEDs include: dominantwavelength; and color point.

Throughout this specification, the term “luminescent” means:characterized by absorption of electromagnetic radiation (e.g.,visible-light, UV light or infrared light) causing the emission of lightby, as examples: fluorescence; and phosphorescence.

Throughout this specification, the term “object” means a materialarticle or device. Throughout this specification, the term “surface”means an exterior boundary of an object. Throughout this specification,the term “incident visible-light” means visible-light that propagates inone or more directions towards a surface. Throughout this specification,the term “any incident angle” means any one or more directions fromwhich visible-light may propagate towards a surface.

Throughout this specification, the term “reflective surface” means asurface of an object that causes incident visible-light, upon reachingthe surface, to then propagate in one or more different directions awayfrom the surface without passing through the object. Throughout thisspecification, the term “planar reflective surface” means a generallyflat reflective surface.

Throughout this specification, the term “reflection value” means apercentage of a radiant flux of incident visible-light having aspecified wavelength that is caused by a reflective surface of an objectto propagate in one or more different directions away from the surfacewithout passing through the object. Throughout this specification, theterm “reflected light” means the incident visible-light that is causedby a reflective surface to propagate in one or more different directionsaway from the surface without passing through the object. Throughoutthis specification, the term “Lambertian reflection” means diffusereflection of visible-light from a surface, in which the reflected lighthas uniform radiant flux in all of the propagation directions.Throughout this specification, the term “specular reflection” meansmirror-like reflection of visible-light from a surface, in which lightfrom a single incident direction is reflected into a single propagationdirection. Throughout this specification, the term “spectrum ofreflection values” means a spectrum of values of percentages of radiantflux of incident visible-light, the values corresponding to a spectrumof wavelength values of visible-light, that are caused by a reflectivesurface to propagate in one or more different directions away from thesurface without passing through the object. Throughout thisspecification, the term “transmission value” means a percentage of aradiant flux of incident visible-light having a specified wavelengththat is permitted by a reflective surface to pass through the objecthaving the reflective surface. Throughout this specification, the term“transmitted light” means the incident visible-light that is permittedby a reflective surface to pass through the object having the reflectivesurface. Throughout this specification, the term “spectrum oftransmission values” means a spectrum of values of percentages ofradiant flux of incident visible-light, the values corresponding to aspectrum of wavelength values of visible-light, that are permitted by areflective surface to pass through the object having the reflectivesurface. Throughout this specification, the term “absorption value”means a percentage of a radiant flux of incident visible-light having aspecified wavelength that is permitted by a reflective surface to passthrough the reflective surface and is absorbed by the object having thereflective surface. Throughout this specification, the term “spectrum ofabsorption values” means a spectrum of values of percentages of radiantflux of incident visible-light, the values corresponding to a spectrumof wavelength values of visible-light, that are permitted by areflective surface to pass through the reflective surface and areabsorbed by the object having the reflective surface. Throughout thisspecification, it is understood that a reflective surface, or an object,may have a spectrum of reflection values, and a spectrum of transmissionvalues, and a spectrum of absorption values. The spectra of reflectionvalues, absorption values, and transmission values of a reflectivesurface or of an object may be measured, for example, utilizing anultraviolet-visible-near infrared (UV-VIS-NIR) spectrophotometer.Throughout this specification, the term “visible-light reflector” meansan object having a reflective surface. In examples, a visible-lightreflector may be selected as having a reflective surface characterizedby light reflections that are more Lambertian than specular.

Throughout this specification, the term “lightguide” means avisible-light—transmissive body having a boundary being subject to thecondition that visible-light rays traveling within the body to reach theboundary at an angle of incidence a that is larger than the criticalangle will be reflected by the boundary and remain within the body. In alightguide, visible-light rays will be subject to total internalreflection (“TIR”) and so remain within the body if their angle ofincidence a at the boundary satisfies the following condition derivedfrom Snell's Law: α>sin⁻¹(n₂/n₁) where n₁ is the refractive index of thebody of the lightguide and n₂ is the refractive index of a mediumoutside the lightguide. In an example, the medium outside a lightguidemay be air, having a refractive index n₂ being about 1. As anotherexample, the medium outside of a lightguide may be another materialhaving a lower refractive index than that of the body of the lightguide.

Throughout this specification, the term “lumiphor” means: a medium thatincludes one or more luminescent materials being positioned to absorblight that is emitted at a first spectral power distribution by asemiconductor light-emitting device, and to re-emit light at a secondspectral power distribution in the visible or ultra violet spectrumbeing different than the first spectral power distribution, regardlessof the delay between absorption and re-emission. Lumiphors may becategorized as being down-converting, i.e., a material that convertsphotons to a lower energy level (longer wavelength); or up-converting,i.e., a material that converts photons to a higher energy level (shorterwavelength). As examples, a luminescent material may include: aphosphor; a quantum dot; a quantum wire; a quantum well; a photonicnanocrystal; a semiconducting nanoparticle; a scintillator;

a lumiphoric ink; a lumiphoric organic dye; a day glow tape; aphosphorescent material; or a fluorescent material. Throughout thisspecification, the term “quantum material” means any luminescentmaterial that includes: a quantum dot; a quantum wire; or a quantumwell. Some quantum materials may absorb and emit light at spectral powerdistributions having narrow wavelength ranges, for example, wavelengthranges having spectral widths being within ranges of between about 25nanometers and about 50 nanometers. In examples, two or more differentquantum materials may be included in a lumiphor, such that each of thequantum materials may have a spectral power distribution for lightemissions that may not overlap with a spectral power distribution forlight absorption of any of the one or more other quantum materials. Inthese examples, cross-absorption of light emissions among the quantummaterials of the lumiphor may be minimized. As examples, a lumiphor mayinclude one or more layers or bodies that may contain one or moreluminescent materials that each may be: (1) coated or sprayed directlyonto an semiconductor light-emitting device; (2) coated or sprayed ontosurfaces of a lens or other elements of packaging for an semiconductorlight-emitting device; (3) dispersed in a matrix medium; or (4) includedwithin a clear encapsulant (e.g., an epoxy-based or silicone-basedcurable resin or glass or ceramic) that may be positioned on or over ansemiconductor light-emitting device. A lumiphor may include one ormultiple types of luminescent materials. Other materials may also beincluded with a lumiphor such as, for example, fillers, diffusants,colorants, or other materials that may as examples improve theperformance of or reduce the overall cost of the lumiphor. In exampleswhere multiple types of luminescent materials may be included in alumiphor, such materials may, as examples, be mixed together in a singlelayer or deposited sequentially in successive layers.

Throughout this specification, the term “volumetric lumiphor” means alumiphor being distributed in an object having a shape including definedexterior surfaces. In some examples, a volumetric lumiphor may be formedby dispersing a lumiphor in a volume of a matrix medium having suitablespectra of visible-light transmission values and visible-lightabsorption values. As examples, such spectra may be affected by athickness of the volume of the matrix medium, and by a concentration ofthe lumiphor being distributed in the volume of the matrix medium. Inexamples, the matrix medium may have a composition that includespolymers or oligomers of: a polycarbonate; a silicone; an acrylic; aglass; a polystyrene; or a polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate.Throughout this specification, the term “remotely-located lumiphor”means a lumiphor being spaced apart at a distance from and positioned toreceive light that is emitted by a semiconductor light-emitting device.

Throughout this specification, the term “light-scattering particles”means small particles formed of a non-luminescent,non-wavelength-converting material. In some examples, a volumetriclumiphor may include light-scattering particles being dispersed in thevolume of the matrix medium for causing some of the light emissionshaving the first spectral power distribution to be scattered within thevolumetric lumiphor. As an example, causing some of the light emissionsto be so scattered within the matrix medium may cause the luminescentmaterials in the volumetric lumiphor to absorb more of the lightemissions having the first spectral power distribution. In examples, thelight-scattering particles may include: rutile titanium dioxide; anatasetitanium dioxide; barium sulfate; diamond; alumina; magnesium oxide;calcium titanate; barium titanate; strontium titanate; or bariumstrontium titanate. In examples, light-scattering particles may haveparticle sizes being within a range of about 0.01 micron (10 nanometers)and about 2.0 microns (2,000 nanometers).

In some examples, a visible-light reflector may be formed by dispersinglight-scattering particles having a first index of refraction in avolume of a matrix medium having a second index of refraction beingsuitably different from the first index of refraction for causing thevolume of the matrix medium with the dispersed light-scatteringparticles to have suitable spectra of reflection values, transmissionvalues, and absorption values for functioning as a visible-lightreflector. As examples, such spectra may be affected by a thickness ofthe volume of the matrix medium, and by a concentration of thelight-scattering particles being distributed in the volume of the matrixmedium, and by physical characteristics of the light-scatteringparticles such as the particle sizes and shapes, and smoothness orroughness of exterior surfaces of the particles. In an example, thesmaller the difference between the first and second indices ofrefraction, the more light-scattering particles may need to be dispersedin the volume of the matrix medium to achieve a given amount oflight-scattering. As examples, the matrix medium for forming avisible-light reflector may have a composition that includes polymers oroligomers of: a polycarbonate; a silicone; an acrylic; a glass; apolystyrene; or a polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate. Infurther examples, the light-scattering particles may include: rutiletitanium dioxide; anatase titanium dioxide; barium sulfate; diamond;alumina; magnesium oxide; calcium titanate; barium titanate; strontiumtitanate; or barium strontium titanate. In other examples, avisible-light reflector may include a reflective polymeric or metallizedsurface formed on a visible-light-transmissive polymeric or metallicobject such as, for example, a volume of a matrix medium. Additionalexamples of visible-light reflectors may include microcellular foamedpolyethylene terephthalate sheets (“MCPET”). Suitable visible-lightreflectors may be commercially available under the trade names WhiteOptics® and MIRO® from WhiteOptics LLC, 243-G Quigley Blvd., New Castle,Del. 19720 USA. Suitable MCPET visible-light reflectors may becommercially available from the Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd., FoamedProducts Division, Tokyo, Japan. Additional suitable visible-lightreflectors may be commercially available from CVI Laser Optics, 200Dorado Place SE, Albuquerque, N. Mex. 87123 USA.

In some examples, a converging or diverging lens may be formed as avolume of a matrix medium having a suitable shape for functioning as alens. In further examples, forming a diverging lens may includedispersing light-scattering particles having a first index of refractionin a volume of a matrix medium having a second index of refraction beingsuitably different from the first index of refraction for causing thevolume of the matrix medium with the dispersed light-scatteringparticles to have suitable light-scattering value for functioning as adiverging lens. As examples, the matrix medium for forming a lens mayhave a composition that includes polymers or oligomers of: apolycarbonate; a silicone; an acrylic; a glass; a polystyrene; or apolyester such as polyethylene terephthalate. In further examples, thelight-scattering particles may include: rutile titanium dioxide; anatasetitanium dioxide; barium sulfate; diamond; alumina; magnesium oxide;calcium titanate; barium titanate; strontium titanate; or bariumstrontium titanate.

In further examples, a volumetric lumiphor and a visible-light reflectormay be integrally formed. As examples, a volumetric lumiphor and avisible-light reflector may be integrally formed in respective layers ofa volume of a matrix medium, including a layer of the matrix mediumhaving a dispersed lumiphor, and including another layer of the same ora different matrix medium having light-scattering particles beingsuitably dispersed for causing the another layer to have suitablespectra of reflection values, transmission values, and absorption valuesfor functioning as the visible-light reflector. In other examples, anintegrally-formed volumetric lumiphor and visible-light reflector mayincorporate any of the further examples of variations discussed above asto separately-formed volumetric lumiphors and visible-light reflectors.

Throughout this specification, the term “phosphor” means: a materialthat exhibits luminescence when struck by photons. Examples of phosphorsthat may utilized include: CaAlSiN₃:Eu, SrAlSiN₃:Eu, CaAlSiN₃:Eu,Ba₃Si₆O₁₂N₂:Eu, Ba₂SiO₄:Eu, Sr₂SiO₄:Eu, Ca₂SiO₄:Eu, Ca₃Sc₂Si₃O₁₂:Ce,Ca₃Mg₂Si₃O₁₂:Ce, CaSc₂O₄:Ce, CaSi₂O₂N₂:Eu, SrSi₂O₂N₂:Eu, BaSi₂O₂N₂:Eu,Ca₅(PO₄)₃C₁:Eu, Ba₅(PO₄)₃C₁:Eu, Cs₂CaP₂O₇, Cs₂SrP₂O₇, SrGa₂S₄:Eu,Lu₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce, Ca₈Mg(SiO₄)₄Cl₂:Eu, Sr₈Mg(SiO₄)₄Cl₂:Eu, La₃Si₆N₁₁:Ce,Y₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce, Y₃Ga₅O₁₂:Ce, Gd₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce, Gd₃Ga₅O₁₂:Ce, Tb₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce,Tb₃Ga₅O₁₂:Ce, Lu₃Ga₅O₁₂:Ce, (SrCa)AlSiN₃:Eu, LuAG:Ce, (Y,Gd)₂Al₅)₁₂:Ce,CaS:Eu, SrS:Eu, SrGa₂S₄:E₄, Ca₂(Sc,Mg)₂SiO₁₂:Ce, Ca₂Sc₂Si₂)₁₂:C₂,Ca₂Sc₂O₄:Ce, Ba₂Si₆O₁₂N₂:Eu, (Sr,Ca)AlSiN₂:Eu, and CaAl SiN₂:Eu.Throughout this specification, the term “quantum dot” means: ananocrystal made of semiconductor materials that are small enough toexhibit quantum mechanical properties, such that its excitons areconfined in all three spatial dimensions.

Throughout this specification, the term “quantum wire” means: anelectrically conducting wire in which quantum effects influence thetransport properties.

Throughout this specification, the term “quantum well” means: a thinlayer that can confine (quasi-)particles (typically electrons or holes)in the dimension perpendicular to the layer surface, whereas themovement in the other dimensions is not restricted.

Throughout this specification, the term “photonic nanocrystal” means: aperiodic optical nanostructure that affects the motion of photons, forone, two, or three dimensions, in much the same way that ionic latticesaffect electrons in solids.

Throughout this specification, the term “semiconducting nanoparticle”means: a particle having a dimension within a range of between about 1nanometer and about 100 nanometers, being formed of a semiconductor.

Throughout this specification, the term “scintillator” means: a materialthat fluoresces when struck by photons.

Throughout this specification, the term “lumiphoric ink” means: a liquidcomposition containing a luminescent material. For example, a lumiphoricink composition may contain semiconductor nanoparticles. Examples oflumiphoric ink compositions that may be utilized are disclosed in Cao etal., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20130221489 published onAug. 29, 2013, the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein byreference.

Throughout this specification, the term “lumiphoric organic dye” meansan organic dye having luminescent up-converting or down-convertingactivity. As an example, some perylene-based dyes may be suitable.

Throughout this specification, the term “day glow tape” means: a tapematerial containing a luminescent material.

Throughout this specification, the term “CIE 1931 XY chromaticitydiagram” means: the 1931 International Commission on Illuminationtwo-dimensional chromaticity diagram, which defines the spectrum ofperceived color points of visible-light by (x, y) pairs of chromaticitycoordinates that fall within a generally U-shaped area that includes allof the hues perceived by the human eye. Each of the x and y axes of theCIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram has a scale of between 0.0 and 0.8. Thespectral colors are distributed around the perimeter boundary of thechromaticity diagram, the boundary encompassing all of the huesperceived by the human eye. The perimeter boundary itself representsmaximum saturation for the spectral colors. The CIE 1931 XY chromaticitydiagram is based on the three-dimensional CIE 1931 XYZ color space. TheCIE 1931 XYZ color space utilizes three color matching functions todetermine three corresponding tristimulus values which together expressa given color point within the CIE 1931 XYZ three-dimensional colorspace. The CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram is a projection of thethree-dimensional CIE 1931 XYZ color space onto a two-dimensional (x, y)space such that brightness is ignored. A technical description of theCIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram is provided in, for example, the“Encyclopedia of Physical Science and Technology”, vol. 7, pp. 230-231(Robert A Meyers ed., 1987); the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference. Further background informationregarding the CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram is provided in Harbers etal., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0224177A1 published onSep. 6, 2012, the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein byreference.

Throughout this specification, the term “color point” means: an (x, y)pair of chromaticity coordinates falling within the CIE 1931 XYchromaticity diagram. Color points located at or near the perimeterboundary of the CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram are saturated colorscomposed of light having a single wavelength, or having a very smallspectral power distribution. Color points away from the perimeterboundary within the interior of the CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram areunsaturated colors that are composed of a mixture of differentwavelengths.

Throughout this specification, the term “combined light emissions”means: a plurality of different light emissions that are mixed together.Throughout this specification, the term “combined color point” means:the color point, as perceived by human eyesight, of combined lightemissions. Throughout this specification, “substantially constant”combined color points are: color points of combined light emissions thatare perceived by human eyesight as being uniform, i.e., as being of thesame color. Throughout this specification, the phrase “substantiallygreater” as describing an intensity of a first visible-light source incomparison with that of a second visible-light source means that theintensity of the first visible-light source is noticeably greater to acasual observer than the intensity of the second visible-light source.

Throughout this specification, it is understood that a plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices may be collectively configured forgenerating visible-light emissions having a perceived color point,wherein a plurality of individual ones among the plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices may each emit visible-light havinga different color point. Devices and methods for suitably generatingvisible-light emissions having such a perceived color point from aplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices that may havedifferent color points are disclosed in commonly-owned U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 16/049,452 filed on Jul. 30, 2018 and entitled“Methods for Generating Melatonin-Response-Tuned White Light with HighColor Rendering,” the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein byreference. Further devices and methods for suitably generatingvisible-light emissions having such a perceived color point from aplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices that may havedifferent color points are disclosed in commonly-owned U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 62/757,664 filed on Nov. 8, 2018 and entitled“Two-Channel Tunable Lighting Systems With Controllable EquivalentMelanopic Lux and Correlated Color Temperature Outputs,” the entirety ofwhich hereby is incorporated herein by reference.

Throughout this specification, the term “Planckian-black-body locus”means the curve within the CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram that plotsthe chromaticity coordinates (i.e., color points) that obey Planck'sequation: E(λ)=Aλ−5/(eB/T−1), where E is the emission intensity, X isthe emission wavelength, T is the color temperature in degrees Kelvin ofa black-body radiator, and A and B are constants. ThePlanckian-black-body locus corresponds to the locations of color pointsof light emitted by a black-body radiator that is heated to varioustemperatures. As a black-body radiator is gradually heated, it becomesan incandescent light emitter (being referred to throughout thisspecification as an “incandescent light emitter”) and first emitsreddish light, then yellowish light, and finally bluish light withincreasing temperatures. This incandescent glowing occurs because thewavelength associated with the peak radiation of the black-body radiatorbecomes progressively shorter with gradually increasing temperatures,consistent with the Wien Displacement Law. The CIE 1931 XY chromaticitydiagram further includes a series of lines each having a designatedcorresponding temperature listing in units of degrees Kelvin spacedapart along the Planckian-black-body locus and corresponding to thecolor points of the incandescent light emitted by a black-body radiatorhaving the designated temperatures. Throughout this specification, sucha temperature listing is referred to as a “correlated color temperature”(herein also referred to as the “CCT”) of the corresponding color point.Correlated color temperatures are expressed herein in units of degreesKelvin (K). Throughout this specification, each of the lines having adesignated temperature listing is referred to as an “isotherm” of thecorresponding correlated color temperature.

Throughout this specification, the term “chromaticity bin” means: abounded region within the CIE 1931 XY chromaticity diagram. As anexample, a chromaticity bin may be defined by a series of chromaticity(x,y) coordinates, being connected in series by lines that together formthe bounded region. As another example, a chromaticity bin may bedefined by several lines or other boundaries that together form thebounded region, such as: one or more isotherms of CCT's; and one or moreportions of the perimeter boundary of the CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram.

Throughout this specification, the term “delta(uv)” means: the shortestdistance of a given color point away from (i.e., above or below) thePlanckian-black-body locus. In general, color points located at adelta(uv) of about equal to or less than 0.015 may be assigned acorrelated color temperature (CCT).

Throughout this specification, the term “greenish-blue light” means:light having a perceived color point being within a range of betweenabout 490 nanometers and about 482 nanometers (herein referred to as a“greenish-blue color point.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “blue light” means: light havinga perceived color point being within a range of between about 482nanometers and about 470 nanometers (herein referred to as a “blue colorpoint.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “purplish-blue light” means:light having a perceived color point being within a range of betweenabout 470 nanometers and about 380 nanometers (herein referred to as a“purplish-blue color point.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “reddish-orange light” means:light having a perceived color point being within a range of betweenabout 610 nanometers and about 620 nanometers (herein referred to as a“reddish-orange color point.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “red light” means: light havinga perceived color point being within a range of between about 620nanometers and about 640 nanometers (herein referred to as a “red colorpoint.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “deep red light” means: lighthaving a perceived color point being within a range of between about 640nanometers and about 670 nanometers (herein referred to as a “deep redcolor point.”).

Throughout this specification, the term “visible-light” means lighthaving one or more wavelengths being within a range of between about 380nanometers and about 670 nanometers; and “visible-light spectrum” meansthe range of wavelengths of between about 380 nanometers and about 670nanometers.

Throughout this specification, the term “white light” means: lighthaving a color point located at a delta(uv) of about equal to or lessthan 0.006 and having a CCT being within a range of between about 10000Kand about 1800K (herein referred to as a “white color point.”). Manydifferent hues of light may be perceived as being “white.” For example,some “white” light, such as light generated by a tungsten filamentincandescent lighting device, may appear yellowish in color, while other“white” light, such as light generated by some fluorescent lightingdevices, may appear more bluish in color. As examples, white lighthaving a CCT of about 3000K may appear yellowish in color, while whitelight having a CCT of about equal to or greater than 8000K may appearmore bluish in color and may be referred to as “cool” white light.Further, white light having a CCT of between about 2500K and about 4500Kmay appear reddish or yellowish in color and may be referred to as“warm” white light. “White light” includes light having a spectral powerdistribution of wavelengths including red, green and blue color points.In an example, a CCT of a lumiphor may be tuned by selecting one or moreparticular luminescent materials to be included in the lumiphor. Forexample, light emissions from a semiconductor light-emitting device thatincludes three separate emitters respectively having red, green and bluecolor points with an appropriate spectral power distribution may have awhite color point. As another example, light perceived as being “white”may be produced by mixing light emissions from a semiconductorlight-emitting device having a blue, greenish-blue or purplish-bluecolor point together with light emissions having a yellow color pointbeing produced by passing some of the light emissions having the blue,greenish-blue or purplish-blue color point through a lumiphor todown-convert them into light emissions having the yellow color point.General background information on systems and processes for generatinglight perceived as being “white” is provided in “Class A ColorDesignation for Light Sources Used in General Illumination”, Freyssinierand Rea, J. Light & Vis. Env., Vol. 37, No. 2 & 3 (Nov. 7, 2013,Illuminating Engineering Institute of Japan), pp. 10-14; the entirety ofwhich hereby is incorporated herein by reference.

Throughout this specification, the term “color rendition index” (hereinalso referred to as “CRT-Ra”) means: the quantitative measure on a scaleof 1-100 of the capability of a given light source to accurately revealthe colors of one or more objects having designated reference colors, incomparison with the capability of a black-body radiator to accuratelyreveal such colors. The CRI-Ra of a given light source is a modifiedaverage of the relative measurements of color renditions by that lightsource, as compared with color renditions by a reference black-bodyradiator, when illuminating objects having the designated referencecolor(s). The CRT is a relative measure of the shift in perceivedsurface color of an object when illuminated by a particular light sourceversus a reference black-body radiator. The CRI-Ra will equal 100 if thecolor coordinates of a set of test colors being illuminated by the givenlight source are the same as the color coordinates of the same set oftest colors being irradiated by the black-body radiator. The CRI systemis administered by the International Commission on Illumination (CIE).The CIE selected fifteen test color samples (respectively designated asR₁₋₁₅) to grade the color properties of a white light source. The firsteight test color samples (respectively designated as R₁₋₈) arerelatively low saturated colors and are evenly distributed over thecomplete range of hues. These eight samples are employed to calculatethe general color rendering index Ra. The general color rendering indexRa is simply calculated as the average of the first eight colorrendering index values, R₁₋₈. An additional seven samples (respectivelydesignated as R₉₋₁₅) provide supplementary information about the colorrendering properties of a light source; the first four of them focus onhigh saturation, and the last three of them are representative ofwell-known objects. A set of color rendering index values, R₁₋₁₅, can becalculated for a particular correlated color temperature (CCT) bycomparing the spectral response of a light source against that of eachtest color sample, respectively. As another example, the CRI-Ra mayconsist of one test color, such as the designated red color of R₉.

As examples, sunlight generally has a CRI-Ra of about 100; incandescentlight bulbs generally have a CRI-Ra of about 95; fluorescent lightsgenerally have a CRI-Ra of about 70 to 85; and monochromatic lightsources generally have a CRI-Ra of about zero. As an example, a lightsource for general illumination applications where accurate rendition ofobject colors may not be considered important may generally need to havea CRI-Ra value being within a range of between about 70 and about 80.Further, for example, a light source for general interior illuminationapplications may generally need to have a CRI-Ra value being at leastabout 80. As an additional example, a light source for generalillumination applications where objects illuminated by the lightingdevice may be considered to need to appear to have natural coloring tothe human eye may generally need to have a CRI-Ra value being at leastabout 85. Further, for example, a light source for general illuminationapplications where good rendition of perceived object colors may beconsidered important may generally need to have a CRI-Ra value being atleast about 90.

Throughout this specification, the term “in contact with” means: that afirst object, being “in contact with” a second object, is in eitherdirect or indirect contact with the second object. Throughout thisspecification, the term “in indirect contact with” means: that the firstobject is not in direct contact with the second object, but instead thatthere are a plurality of objects (including the first and secondobjects), and each of the plurality of objects is in direct contact withat least one other of the plurality of objects (e.g., the first andsecond objects are in a stack and are separated by one or moreintervening layers). Throughout this specification, the term “in directcontact with” means: that the first object, which is “in direct contact”with a second object, is touching the second object and there are nointervening objects between at least portions of both the first andsecond objects.

Throughout this specification, the term “spectrophotometer” means: anapparatus that can measure a light beam's intensity as a function of itswavelength and calculate its total luminous flux.

Throughout this specification, the term “integratingsphere-spectrophotometer” means: a spectrophotometer operationallyconnected with an integrating sphere. An integrating sphere (also knownas an Ulbricht sphere) is an optical component having a hollow sphericalcavity with its interior covered with a diffuse white reflectivecoating, with small holes for entrance and exit ports. Its relevantproperty is a uniform scattering or diffusing effect. Light raysincident on any point on the inner surface are, by multiple scatteringreflections, distributed equally to all other points. The effects of theoriginal direction of light are minimized. An integrating sphere may bethought of as a diffuser which preserves power but destroys spatialinformation. Another type of integrating sphere that can be utilized isreferred to as a focusing or Coblentz sphere. A Coblentz sphere has amirror-like (specular) inner surface rather than a diffuse innersurface. Light scattered by the interior of an integrating sphere isevenly distributed over all angles. The total power (radiant flux) of alight source can then be measured without inaccuracy caused by thedirectional characteristics of the source.

Background information on integrating sphere-spectrophotometer apparatusis provided in Liu et al., U.S. Pat. No. 7,532,324 issued on May 12,2009, the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein by reference.It is understood throughout this specification that color points may bemeasured, for example, by utilizing a spectrophotometer, such as anintegrating sphere-spectrophotometer. The spectra of reflection values,absorption values, and transmission values of a reflective surface or ofan object may be measured, for example, utilizing anultraviolet-visible-near infrared (UV-VIS-NIR) spectrophotometer.

Throughout this specification, the term “diffuse refraction” meansrefraction from an object's surface that scatters the visible-lightemissions, casting multiple jittered light rays forming combined lightemissions having a combined color point.

Throughout this specification, the term “control facility” means: adevice being suited for controlling the transmission of a variable powerinput to one or more semiconductor light-emitting devices being includedin a visible-light source. As an example, a control facility may includea microprocessor, and may provide the variable power input by, asexamples: constant current reduction (CCR); constant voltage (CV); orpulse-width-modulation (PWM). Throughout this specification, it isunderstood that the term “microprocessor” means a multipurpose,programmable device that accepts digital data as input, and processesthe digital data according to instructions stored in the programmabledevice's memory, and provides results as output. As further examples, acontrol facility may have conductors for transmitting the variable powerinput, being electrically connected with the semiconductorlight-emitting devices. As further examples, a control facility mayinclude: (1) one or more electrical components employed in convertingelectrical power (e.g., from AC to DC and/or from one voltage to anothervoltage); (2) one or more electronic components employed in driving oneor more semiconductor light-emitting devices, e.g., running one or moresemiconductor light-emitting devices intermittently and/or adjusting thepower input as supplied to one or more of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices in response to a user command such as a dimmercommand, or a command received from the control facility; (3) one ormore circuit boards (e.g., a metal core circuit board) for supportingand/or providing a variable power input to semiconductor light-emittingdevices or any other electrical components, and/or (4) one or more wiresconnecting any auxiliary electrical components, such as bridgerectifiers, transformers, or power factor controllers. In examples, acontrol facility may include wired or wireless user command inputdevices, examples of which may include wired dual in-line packaged (DIP)switches, other wired switches, or wireless mobile communicatorapplications. Throughout this specification, the term “coupled” meanspositioned for transmission of a power input to one or moresemiconductor light-emitting devices of a visible-light source.

Throughout this specification, the term “ambient space” means anyinterior or exterior location where a lighting controller or a lightingsystem may be utilized. As examples, an “ambient space” may be a roominside a building or may be an exterior location. Throughout thisspecification, the term “boundary” means a portion of a perimeter of anambient space. As examples, a “boundary” may be a wall, floor or ceilingof a room; or may be a portion of a perimeter of an exterior location.Throughout this specification, the term “down-light” means visible-lightemissions being directed in a generally downward direction within anambient space. Throughout this specification, the term “up-light” meansvisible-light emissions being directed in a generally upward directionwithin an ambient space.

Throughout this specification, each of the words “include”, “contain”,and “have” is interpreted broadly as being open to the addition offurther like elements as well as to the addition of unlike elements.

It is understood throughout this specification that numbering of thenames of elements as being “first”, “second” etcetera, is solely forpurposes of clarity in referring to such elements in connection withvarious examples of lighting systems.

FIG. 1 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [100] ofan implementation of a lighting system. FIG. 2 is a schematiccross-sectional view taken along the line 2-2 showing the example [100]of the lighting system. FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view takenalong the line 3-3 showing the example [100] of the lighting system.FIG. 4 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 4showing the example [100] of an implementation of a lighting system.

Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] oflighting systems are discussed herein, respectively, in connection withFIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32,1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34,17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. It is understood throughout thisspecification that a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features or combinationsof features that are disclosed in connection with any one or more ofsuch lighting systems. It is further understood throughout thisspecification that each one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may be utilized together witha lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.It is additionally understood throughout this specification that eachone of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700], [2200],[2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, for controlling alighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lightingsystems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] oflighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [100] of an implementation of the lightingsystem.

As shown in FIGS. 1-4, the example [100] of the implementation of thelighting system includes: an edge-lit lightguide panel [102]; anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104]; and a total internal reflection lens[106]. In the example [100], the edge-lit lightguide panel [102] isextended along a longitudinal axis [108] of the lighting system. Theedge-lit lightguide panel [102] in the example [100] of the lightingsystem further has a pair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces [110],[112]. The edge-lit lightguide panel [102] in the example [100] of thelighting system also has a peripheral edge [114] being extended alongand spaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis [108]. In theexample [100] of the lighting system, a one [112] of the pair of panelsurfaces includes a first light output interface [116].

The example [100] of the lighting system also includes a visible-lightsource [118] including a plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [120], [122]. In the example [100] of the lighting system, thevisible-light source [118] is configured for generating visible-lightemissions [124], [126] from the plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [120], [122]. Further in the example [100] of thelighting system, the visible-light source [118] is located along theperipheral edge [114] for directing the visible-light emissions [124],[126] into the edge-lit lightguide panel [102].

In the example [100] of the lighting system, the another edge-litlightguide panel [104] is extended along the longitudinal axis [108].Additionally in the example [100] of the lighting system, the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104] has another pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [128], [130]. In the example [100] of the lightingsystem, the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104] has anotherperipheral edge [132] being extended along and spaced transversely awayfrom the longitudinal axis [108]. Further, a one [130] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces in the example [100] of the lighting systemincludes a second light output interface [134].

The example [100] of the lighting system additionally includes anothervisible-light source [136] including another plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [138], [140]. In the example [100] of thelighting system, the another visible-light source [136] is configuredfor generating additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] from theanother plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [138], [140].Further in the example [100] of the lighting system, the anothervisible-light source [136] is located along the another peripheral edge[132] for directing the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144]into the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104].

In the example [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] has a central light-emission axis [146] beingtransverse to the longitudinal axis [108]. The total internal reflectionlens [106] in the example [100] of the lighting system includes a thirdlight output interface [148] being located between the first and secondlight output interfaces [116], [134]. In the example [100] of thelighting system, the third light output interface [148] is spaced apartfrom a central light input interface [150] by a total internalreflection side surface [152]. The total internal reflection sidesurface [152] in the example [100] of the lighting system is extendedalong the central light-emission axis [146]. In the example [100] of thelighting system, the total internal reflection lens [106] has a furthervisible-light source [154] including a further plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [156], [158]. The furthervisible-light source [154] in the example [100] of the lighting systemis configured for generating further visible-light emissions [160],[162] from the further plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[156], [158]. In the example [100] of the lighting system, the furthervisible-light source [154] is located at the central light inputinterface [150] for directing the further visible-light emissions [160],[162] through the total internal reflection lens [106] to the thirdlight output interface [148].

As examples, the edge-lit lightguide panel [102] may direct thevisible-light emissions [124], [126] for emission from the first lightoutput interface [116]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104]may direct the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] foremission from the second light output interface [134]; and the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may direct the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] for emission from the third light outputinterface [148].

In the example [100] of the lighting system, the first, second and thirdlight output interfaces [116], [134], [148] cooperatively define anemission aperture [164] for forming combined visible-light emissions[166], [168] including the visible-light emissions [124], [126], theadditional visible-light emissions [142], [144], and the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162]. Further in the example [100] ofthe lighting system, the emission aperture [164] forms a shielding zone[170] for redirecting some of the combined visible-light emissions[166], [168].

In some examples [100] of the lighting system: the total internalreflection side surface [152] may be extended along the longitudinalaxis [108] in addition to being extended along the centrallight-emission axis [146]; and the central light input interface [150]may be extended along the longitudinal axis [108]; and the furthervisible-light source [154] may be extended along the longitudinal axis[108]. Further in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection side surface [152] may have a frusto-conicalcross-sectional profile in the direction of the line 2-2 beingperpendicular to the longitudinal axis [108].

In some examples [100] of the lighting system, the central light inputinterface [150] of the total internal reflection lens [106] may includea lens cavity [172] formed by a lens face [174] being spaced apart alongthe central light-emission axis [146] from the further plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [156], [158] by a central side wall[176]. As examples [100] of the lighting system, portions of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] entering into the total internalreflection lens [106] through the central side wall [176] may berefracted towards a normalized direction being orthogonal to a surfaceof the central side wall [176] and away from the central light-emissionaxis [146] because the refractive index of the total internal reflectionlens [106] may be greater than the refractive index of an ambientatmosphere, e.g. air, filling the lens cavity [172]. Further in thoseexamples [100] of the lighting system, the portions of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] so entering into the total internalreflection lens [106] through the central side wall [176] may thenundergo total internal reflection at the total internal reflection sidesurface [152], thereby being redirected toward the third light outputinterface [148].

In further examples [100] of the lighting system, the central lightinput interface [150] of the total internal reflection lens [106] mayinclude a lens cavity [172] having a different shape (not shown).Further in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may include a lens cavity [172] having anotherwise angled or compound central side wall (not shown). In otherexamples [100] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [106] may be a fresnel lens (not shown). Suitable fresnel lensstructures that may be utilized as being the total internal reflectionlens [106] are disclosed, for example, in Parkyn et al., U.S. Pat. No.5,577,492 issued on Nov. 26, 1996, the entirety of which hereby isincorporated herein by reference.

In some examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] may be a converging total internal reflection lens[106] being configured for causing convergence of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] in their travel along the centrallight-emission axis [146] toward the third light output interface [148].Further in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may be a converging total internalreflection lens [106] being configured for causing convergence of thefurther visible-light emissions [160], [162] along the centrallight-emission axis [146] as having a beam angle being within a range ofbetween about thirty degrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°).

In further examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] may have a spectrum of transmission values of thefurther visible-light emissions [160], [162] having an average valuebeing at least about ninety percent (90%). In additional examples [100]of the lighting system, the total internal reflection lens [106] mayhave a spectrum of transmission values of the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] having an average value being at least aboutninety-five percent (95%). As some examples [100] of the lightingsystem, the total internal reflection lens [106] may have a spectrum ofabsorption values of the further visible-light emissions [160], [162]having an average value being no greater than about ten percent (10%).As further examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] may have a spectrum of absorption values of thefurther visible-light emissions [160], [162] having an average valuebeing no greater than about five percent (5%).

As additional examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] may have a refractive index of at least about1.41. In further examples [100] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may be formed of: a silicone compositionhaving a refractive index of about 1.42; or a polymethyl-methacrylatecomposition having a refractive index of about 1.49; or a polycarbonatecomposition having a refractive index of about 1.58; or a silicate glasscomposition having a refractive index of about 1.67.

In some examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [102] may have a first pair of lateral edges [178], [180] beingmutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [108]; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104] may have a second pair of lateral edges[182], [184] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[108]. Further in those examples [100] of the lighting system, each oneof the lateral edges [178], [180], [182], [184] may be curvilinear; andthe one [112] of the pair of panel surfaces may be concave; and the one[130] of the another pair of panel surfaces may be concave.

In additional examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-litlightguide panel [102] may be configured for directing the visible-lightemissions [124], [126] in first directions towards the longitudinal axis[108]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104] may be configuredfor directing the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] insecond directions, being symmetrically opposed to the first directions,towards the longitudinal axis [108]. In those additional examples, theedge-lit lightguide panel [102] may further direct the visible-lightemissions [124], [126] for emission from the first light outputinterface [116]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104] mayfurther direct the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] foremission from the second light output interface [134]; and the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may direct the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] for emission from the third light outputinterface [148].

In some examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [102] and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [104] may beintegrally formed together with the total internal reflection lens[106]. In other examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-litlightguide panel [102] may have a central edge represented by a dashedline [186] being extended along the longitudinal axis [108] and beingspaced transversely away from the peripheral edge [114]; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104] may have another central edgerepresented by a dashed line [188] being extended along the longitudinalaxis [108] and being spaced transversely away from the anotherperipheral edge [132]; and the total internal reflection lens [106] maybe located between and attached to the central edge [186] and theanother central edge [188].

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[102] may include internal light-dispersing features; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104] may include additional internallight-dispersing features. Further in those examples [100] of thelighting system, the internal light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: particles having various shapes being e.g.spheroidal or polygonal; particles having various material compositionsincluding, e.g., phosphors, quantum dots, and pigmented dots;micro-optical features such as spherical or elliptical lenses, andreflective micro-scale particles. Additionally in those examples [100]of the lighting system, the internal light-dispersing features mayinclude negative elements such as hot-pressed micro-patterns e.g.micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms, fresnels, conical arrays,pyramids, or domes. Also in those examples [100] of the lighting system,the internal light-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasingdensity in a direction from the peripheral edge [114] towards thelongitudinal axis [108]; and the additional internal light-dispersingfeatures may have a gradually-increasing density in another directionfrom the another peripheral edge [132] towards the longitudinal axis[108].

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[102] may include external light-dispersing features on the one [112] orthe another one [110] of the pair of panel surfaces; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [104] may include additional externallight-dispersing features on the one [130] or the another one [128] ofthe another pair of panel surfaces. Further in those examples [100] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: pigmented dots; or micro-optical featuressuch as spherical or elliptical lenses. Also in those examples [100] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includenegative elements such as hot-pressed textured surfaces such asmicro-patterns e.g. micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms,fresnels, conical arrays, pyramids, domes, or laser-ablated regions. Inaddition in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the externallight-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasing density in adirection from the peripheral edge [114] towards the longitudinal axis[108]; and the additional external light-dispersing features may have agradually-increasing density in another direction from the anotherperipheral edge [132] towards the longitudinal axis [108].

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the another one [110] of thepair of panel surfaces may have a light-reflective layer [202]; and theanother one [128] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have anotherlight-reflective layer [204]. Further in those examples [100] of thelighting system, the another one [110] of the pair of panel surfaces mayhave a specular light-reflective layer [202]; and the another one [128]of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another specularlight-reflective layer [204]. Additionally in those examples [100] ofthe lighting system, the another one [110] of the pair of panel surfacesmay have a metallic light-reflective layer [202]; and the another one[128] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another metalliclight-reflective layer [204]. In some of those examples [100] of thelighting system, the metallic light-reflective layers [202], [204] mayhave a composition that includes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum,zinc, gold, iron, copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, ormolybdenum. In additional examples [100] of the lighting system, theanother one [110] of the pair of panel surfaces may have alight-reflective layer [202]; and the another one [128] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces may have another light-reflective layer [204];and each of the light-reflective layers [202], [204] may have a minimumvisible-light reflection value from any incident angle being at leastabout ninety percent (90%) or being at least about ninety-five percent(95%).

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122] may include an arrayof the semiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122] being mutuallyspaced apart along the longitudinal axis [108]; and the anotherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [138], [140] mayinclude another array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [138],[140] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [108].Additionally in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the furtherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [156], [158] mayinclude a further array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[156], [158] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[108].

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122] may be collectivelyconfigured for generating the visible-light emissions [124], [126] ashaving a selectable perceived color point; and the another plurality ofthe semiconductor light-emitting devices [138], [140] may becollectively configured for generating the additional visible-lightemissions [142], [144] as having another selectable perceived colorpoint. Additionally in those examples [100] of the lighting system, thefurther plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [156],[158] may be collectively configured for generating the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] as having a further selectableperceived color point.

In some examples [100] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122] may include aplurality of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [120],[122] being co-located together, each one of the plurality of clustersbeing collectively configured for generating the visible-light emissions[124], [126] as having a selectable perceived color point; and theanother plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [138],[140] may include another plurality of clusters of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [138], [140] being co-located together, each oneof the another plurality of clusters being collectively configured forgenerating the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] as havinganother selectable perceived color point. Also in that example [100] ofthe lighting system, the further plurality of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [156], [158] may include a further plurality ofclusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [156], [158] beingco-located together, each one of the further plurality of clusters beingcollectively configured for generating the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] as having a further selectable perceived colorpoint. As an example [100] of the lighting system, each of thepluralities of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[120], [122], [138], [140], [156], [158] may include two or three ormore co-located semiconductor light-emitting devices being configuredfor collectively generating the visible-light emissions [124], [126] andthe additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] and the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] as having the respective selectableperceived color points.

In examples [100] of the lighting system, a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [120], [122], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [138], [140], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [156], [158] may be arranged in a chip-on-board(not shown) array, or in a discrete (not shown) array on a printedcircuit board (not shown). Semiconductor light-emitting device arraysincluding chip-on-board arrays and discrete arrays may be conventionallyfabricated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. Further, thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122], [138], [140], [156],[158] of the example [100] of the lighting system may be provided withdrivers (not shown) and power supplies (not shown) being conventionallyfabricated and configured by persons of ordinary skill in the art.

In examples [100], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [160],[162] as being within a field angle of the total internal reflectionlens [106] and for causing emission of another portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] as being outside the field angle ofthe total internal reflection lens [106]; and the emission aperture[164] may be configured for redirecting some of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [160], [162]. Further in thoseexamples [100] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [106] may, as examples, have a beam angle being within a range ofbetween about thirty degrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°).Additionally in those examples [100] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection lens [106] may, as examples have a field angle beingwithin a range of between about sixty degrees (60°) and about twentydegrees (20°).

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the emission aperture [164]may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [160], [162] being emitted at the thirdlight output interface [148] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [146] by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).In further examples [100] of the lighting system, the emission aperture[164] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [160], [162] being emitted at thethird light output interface [148] in directions deviating from thecentral light-emission axis [146] by greater than about sixty degrees(60°).

As an example [100] of the lighting system, the lateral edges [178],[180], [182], [184] of the edge-lit lightguide panels [102], [104] maybe curvilinear; and the one [112] of the pair of panel surfaces may beconcave; and the one [130] of the another pair of panel surfaces may beconcave. Further in that example [100] of the lighting system, as can beseen in FIG. 2, the concave panel surfaces [112], [130] of the emissionaperture [164] may be positioned for mechanically shielding and thusredirecting some of the further visible-light emissions [160], [162]being emitted at the third light output interface [148] in directionsdeviating from the central light-emission axis [146] by greater thanabout sixty degrees (60°). Additionally in that example [100] of thelighting system, redirection of some of the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] being emitted at the third light output interface[148] in high-angle directions being greater than about sixty degrees(60°) or seventy degrees (70°) may substantially reduce objectionableglare.

In examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [106] may have a beam angle being within a range of between aboutthirty degrees (30°) and about twenty degrees (20°). Further in thoseexamples [100] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [106] may have a field angle being within a range of between aboutsixty degrees (60°) and about forty degrees (40°). Additionally in thoseexamples [100], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [160],[162] as being within the field angle of the total internal reflectionlens [106] and for causing emission of another portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] as being outside the field angle ofthe total internal reflection lens [106]; and the emission aperture[164] may be configured for redirecting some of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [160], [162]. Further in thoseexamples [100], the emission aperture [164] may be positioned forredirecting a part of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162] being emitted at the third light output interface[148] in directions deviating from the central light-emission axis [146]by greater than about sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the centrallight-emission axis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In other examples [100] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [106] may have a beam angle being within a range ofbetween about twenty degrees (20°) and about ten degrees (10°); orwithin a range of between about fifteen degrees (15°) and about tendegrees (10°). Further in those examples [100] of the lighting system,the total internal reflection lens [106] may have a field angle beingrespectively within a range of between about forty degrees (40°) andabout twenty degrees (20°), or within a range of between about thirtydegrees (30°) and about twenty degrees (20°). Further in those examples[100] of the lighting system, the third light output interface [148] mayinclude internal or external light-dispersing features; and the thirdlight output interface [148] may cause the total internal reflectionlens [106] to have an effective field angle being within a range ofbetween about sixty degrees (60°) and about forty degrees (40°).Additionally in those examples [100], the lighting system may beconfigured for causing emission of a portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] as being within the effective fieldangle of the total internal reflection lens [106] and for causingemission of another portion of the further visible-light emissions[160], [162] as being outside the effective field angle of the totalinternal reflection lens [106]; and the emission aperture [164] may beconfigured for redirecting some of the another portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162]. Further in those examples [100],the emission aperture [164] may be positioned for redirecting a part ofthe another portion of the further visible-light emissions [160], [162]being emitted at the third light output interface [148] in directionsdeviating from the central light-emission axis [146] by greater thanabout sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the central light-emissionaxis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In examples [100], the lighting system may include a controller (notshown) for the visible-light source [118] and for the anothervisible-light source [136] and for the further visible-light source[154], the controller being configured for causing the visible-lightemissions [124], [126] to have a selectable perceived color point andfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] to haveanother selectable perceived color point and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [154] to have a further selectableperceived color point. Further in those examples [100] of the lightingsystem, the controller may be configured for causing the visible-lightemissions [124], [126] to have a selectable and adjustable intensity andfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] to haveanother selectable and adjustable intensity and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [160], [162] to have a further selectable andadjustable intensity. Additionally in those examples [100] of thelighting system, the controller may be configured for causing thecombined visible-light emissions [166], [168] to generate adown-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wall fill, wall washleft, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash left plus floor, wallwash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Also in those examples [100] ofthe lighting system, the controller may be configured for selectionamong a plurality of different pre-programmed combinations of theintensities for the visible-light emissions [124], [126], the additionalvisible-light emissions [142], [144], and the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162]. Further in those examples [100] of the lightingsystem, the controller may be configured for adjusting, over aselectable time period, the intensities for the visible-light emissions[124], [126], the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144], andthe further visible-light emissions [160], [162] from a one of theplurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one of the pluralityof pre-programmed combinations. Additionally in those examples [100],the lighting system may further include an ambient light sensor (notshown); and the controller may be configured, in response to the ambientlight sensor, for adjusting the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [124], [126], the additional visible-light emissions [142],[144], and the further visible-light emissions [160], [162].

In other examples [100], the lighting system may include a controller(not shown) for the visible-light source [118] being configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [124], [126] to have a selectableperceived color point; and may include another controller (not shown)for the another visible-light source [136] being configured for causingthe additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] to have anotherselectable perceived color point; and may include a further controller(not shown) for the further visible-light source [154] being configuredfor causing the further visible-light emissions [160], [162] to have afurther selectable perceived color point. Further in those examples[100] of the lighting system, the controller may be configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [124], [126] to have a selectableand adjustable intensity; and the another controller may be configuredfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144] to haveanother selectable and adjustable intensity; and the further controllermay be configured for causing the further visible-light emissions [160],[162] to have a further selectable and adjustable intensity. In thoseexamples [100] of the lighting system, the controller and the anothercontroller and the further controller may be collectively configured forcausing the combined visible-light emissions [166], [168] to generate adown-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wall fill, wall washleft, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash left plus floor, wallwash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Additionally in those examples[100] of the lighting system, the controller and the another controllerand the further controller may be collectively configured for selectionamong a plurality of different pre-programmed combinations of theintensities for the visible-light emissions [124], [126], the additionalvisible-light emissions [142], [144], and the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162]. Further in those examples [100] of the lightingsystem, the controller and the another controller and the furthercontroller may be collectively configured for adjusting, over aselectable time period, the intensities for the visible-light emissions[124], [126], the additional visible-light emissions [142], [144], andthe further visible-light emissions [160], [162] from a one of theplurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one of the pluralityof pre-programmed combinations. In those examples [100], the lightingsystem may also include an ambient light sensor; and the controller andthe another controller and the further controller may be collectivelyconfigured, in response to the ambient light sensor, for adjusting theintensities for the visible-light emissions [124], [126], the additionalvisible-light emissions [142], [144], and the further visible-lightemissions [160], [162].

FIG. 5 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [500] ofan implementation of a lighting system. FIG. 6 is a schematiccross-sectional view taken along the line 6-6 showing the example [500]of the lighting system. FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view takenalong the line 7-7 showing the example [500] of the lighting system.FIG. 8 is a schematic bottom perspective view taken along the line 8showing the example [500] of an implementation of a lighting system.

Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] oflighting systems are discussed herein, respectively, in connection withFIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32,1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34,17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. It is understood throughout thisspecification that a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features or combinationsof features that are disclosed in connection with any one or more ofsuch lighting systems. It is further understood throughout thisspecification that each one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may be utilized together witha lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.It is additionally understood throughout this specification that eachone of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700], [2200],[2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, for controlling alighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lightingsystems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] oflighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [500] of an implementation of the lightingsystem.

As shown in FIGS. 5-8, the example [500] of the implementation of thelighting system includes: an edge-lit lightguide panel [502]; anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [504]; a total internal reflection lens [506];and an additional total internal reflection lens [507]. In the example[500], the edge-lit lightguide panel [502] is extended along alongitudinal axis [508] of the lighting system. The edge-lit lightguidepanel [502] in the example [500] of the lighting system further has apair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces [510], [512]. The edge-litlightguide panel [502] in the example [500] of the lighting system alsohas a peripheral edge [514] being extended along and spaced transverselyaway from the longitudinal axis [508]. In the example [500] of thelighting system, a one [512] of the pair of panel surfaces includes afirst light output interface [516].

The example [500] of the lighting system also includes a visible-lightsource [518] including a plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [520], [522]. In the example [500] of the lighting system, thevisible-light source [518] is configured for generating visible-lightemissions [524], [526] from the plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [520], [522]. Further in the example [500] of thelighting system, the visible-light source [518] is located along theperipheral edge [514] for directing the visible-light emissions [524],[526] into the edge-lit lightguide panel [502].

In the example [500] of the lighting system, the another edge-litlightguide panel [504] is extended along the longitudinal axis [508].Additionally in the example [500] of the lighting system, the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [504] has another pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [528], [530]. In the example [500] of the lightingsystem, the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504] has anotherperipheral edge [532] being extended along and spaced transversely awayfrom the longitudinal axis [508]. Further, a one [530] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces in the example [500] of the lighting systemincludes a second light output interface [534].

The example [500] of the lighting system additionally includes anothervisible-light source [536] including another plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [538], [540]. In the example [500] of thelighting system, the another visible-light source [536] is configuredfor generating additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] from theanother plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [538], [540].Further in the example [500] of the lighting system, the anothervisible-light source [536] is located along the another peripheral edge[532] for directing the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544]into the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504].

In the example [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] has a central light-emission axis [546] beingtransverse to the longitudinal axis [508]. The total internal reflectionlens [506] in the example [500] of the lighting system includes a thirdlight output interface [548] being located between the first and secondlight output interfaces [516], [534]. In the example [500] of thelighting system, the third light output interface [548] is spaced apartfrom a central light input interface [550] by a total internalreflection side surface [552]. The total internal reflection sidesurface [552] in the example [500] of the lighting system is extendedalong the central light-emission axis [546]. In the example [500] of thelighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506] has a furthervisible-light source [554] including a further plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [556], [558]. The furthervisible-light source [554] in the example [500] of the lighting systemis configured for generating further visible-light emissions [560],[562] from the further plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[556], [558]. In the example [500] of the lighting system, the furthervisible-light source [554] is located at the central light inputinterface [550] for directing the further visible-light emissions [560],[562] through the total internal reflection lens [506] to the thirdlight output interface [548].

In the example [500] of the lighting system, the additional totalinternal reflection lens [507] has an additional central light-emissionaxis [547] being transverse to the longitudinal axis [508]. Theadditional total internal reflection lens [507] in the example [500] ofthe lighting system includes a fourth light output interface [549] beingspaced apart along the longitudinal axis [508] away from the third lightoutput interface [548] and being located between the first and secondlight output interfaces [516], [534]. In the example [500] of thelighting system, the fourth light output interface [549] is spaced apartfrom an additional central light input interface [551] by an additionaltotal internal reflection side surface [553]. The additional totalinternal reflection side surface [553] in the example [500] of thelighting system is extended along the additional central light-emissionaxis [547]. In the example [500] of the lighting system, the additionaltotal internal reflection lens [507] has an additional visible-lightsource [555] including an additional plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [557], [559]. The additional visible-light source[555] in the example [500] of the lighting system is configured forgenerating other visible-light emissions [561], [563] from theadditional plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [557],[559]. In the example [500] of the lighting system, the additionalvisible-light source [555] is located at the additional central lightinput interface [551] for directing the other visible-light emissions[561], [563] through the additional total internal reflection lens [507]to the fourth light output interface [549].

As examples, the edge-lit lightguide panel [502] may direct thevisible-light emissions [524], [526] for emission from the first lightoutput interface [516]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504]may direct the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] foremission from the second light output interface [534]; and the totalinternal reflection lens [506] may direct the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] for emission from the third light outputinterface [548]; and the another total internal reflection lens [507]may direct the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] for emissionfrom the fourth light output interface [549].

In the example [500] of the lighting system, the first, second, thirdand fourth light output interfaces [516], [534], [548], [549]cooperatively define an emission aperture [564] for forming combinedvisible-light emissions [566], [568] including the visible-lightemissions [524], [526], the additional visible-light emissions [542],[544], the further visible-light emissions [560], [562], and the othervisible-light emissions [561], [563]. Further in the example [500] ofthe lighting system, the emission aperture [564] forms a shielding zone[570] for redirecting some of the combined visible-light emissions[566], [568].

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionside surface [552] and the additional total internal reflection sidesurface [553] each may have a frusto-conical cross-sectional profile inboth of the directions of the lines 6-6 and 7-7 being perpendicular tothe longitudinal axis [508]. In further examples [500] of the lightingsystem, the additional total internal reflection lens [507] may have anycombination of the further structural and performance features discussedherein with regard to the total internal reflection lens [506]. Asadditional examples [500], the lighting system may include (not shown)further total internal reflection lenses in addition to the totalinternal reflection lenses [506], [507]. In examples [500] of thelighting system, such further total internal reflection lenses may haveany combination of the further structural and performance featuresdiscussed herein with regard to the total internal reflection lenses[506] and [507], and may be mutually spaced apart in the same manner bywhich the total internal reflection lenses [506], [507] are spaced apartalong the longitudinal axis [508].

In some examples [500] of the lighting system, the central light inputinterface [550] of the total internal reflection lens [506] (andlikewise the additional total internal lens [507]) may include a lenscavity [572] formed by a lens face [574] being spaced apart along thecentral light-emission axis [546] from the further plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [556], [558] by a central side wall[576]. As examples [500] of the lighting system, portions of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] entering into the total internalreflection lens [506] through the central side wall [576] may berefracted towards a normalized direction being orthogonal to a surfaceof the central side wall [576] and away from the central light-emissionaxis [546] because the refractive index of the total internal reflectionlens [506] may be greater than the refractive index of an ambientatmosphere, e.g. air, filling the lens cavity [572]. Further in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the portions of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] so entering into the total internalreflection lens [506] through the central side wall [576] may thenundergo total internal reflection at the total internal reflection sidesurface [552], thereby being redirected toward the third light outputinterface [548].

In further examples [500] of the lighting system, the central lightinput interface [550] of the total internal reflection lens [506] (andlikewise the additional total internal lens [507]) may include a lenscavity [572] having a different shape (not shown). Further in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [506] may include a lens cavity [572] having an otherwise angled orcompound central side wall (not shown). In other examples [500] of thelighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506] may be afresnel lens (not shown). Suitable fresnel lens structures that may beutilized as being the total internal reflection lens [506] aredisclosed, for example, in Parkyn et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,577,492 issuedon Nov. 26, 1996, the entirety of which hereby is incorporated herein byreference.

In some examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] (and likewise the additional total internal lens[507]) may be a converging total internal reflection lens [506] beingconfigured for causing convergence of the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] in their travel along the central light-emissionaxis [546] toward the third light output interface [548]. Further inthose examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] may be a converging total internal reflection lens[506] being configured for causing convergence of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] along the central light-emissionaxis [546] as having a beam angle being within a range of between aboutthirty degrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°).

In further examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] (and likewise the additional total internal lens[507]) may have a spectrum of transmission values of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] having an average value being atleast about ninety percent (90%). In additional examples [500] of thelighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506] may have aspectrum of transmission values of the further visible-light emissions[560], [562] having an average value being at least about ninety-fivepercent (95%). As some examples [500] of the lighting system, the totalinternal reflection lens [506] may have a spectrum of absorption valuesof the further visible-light emissions [560], [562] having an averagevalue being no greater than about ten percent (10%). As further examples[500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506]may have a spectrum of absorption values of the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] having an average value being no greater thanabout five percent (5%).

As additional examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] (and likewise the additional total internal lens[507]) may have a refractive index of at least about 1.41. In furtherexamples [500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [506] may be formed of: a silicone composition having a refractiveindex of about 1.42; or a polymethyl-methacrylate composition having arefractive index of about 1.49; or a polycarbonate composition having arefractive index of about 1.58; or a silicate glass composition having arefractive index of about 1.67.

In some examples [500] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [502] may have a first pair of lateral edges [578], [580] beingmutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [508]; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [504] may have a second pair of lateral edges[582], [584] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[508]. Further in those examples [500] of the lighting system, each oneof the lateral edges [578], [580], [582], [584] may be linear; and theone [512] of the pair of panel surfaces may be generally flat; and theone [530] of the another pair of panel surfaces may be generally flat.

In additional examples [500] of the lighting system, the edge-litlightguide panel [502] may be configured for directing the visible-lightemissions [524], [526] in first directions towards the longitudinal axis[508]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504] may be configuredfor directing the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] insecond directions, being symmetrically opposed to the first directions,towards the longitudinal axis [508]. In those additional examples, theedge-lit lightguide panel [502] may further direct the visible-lightemissions [524], [526] for emission from the first light outputinterface [516]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504] mayfurther direct the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] foremission from the second light output interface [534]; and the totalinternal reflection lens [506] may direct the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] for emission from the third light outputinterface [548]; and the additional total internal reflection lens [507]may direct the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] for emissionfrom the fourth light output interface [549].

In some examples [500] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [502] and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [504] may beintegrally formed together with the total internal reflection lenses[506], [507]. In other examples [500] of the lighting system, theedge-lit lightguide panel [502] may have a central edge represented by adashed line [586] being extended along the longitudinal axis [508] andbeing spaced transversely away from the peripheral edge [514]; and theanother edge-lit lightguide panel [504] may have another central edgerepresented by a dashed line [588] being extended along the longitudinalaxis [508] and being spaced transversely away from the anotherperipheral edge [532]; and the total internal reflection lenses [506],[507] may be located between and attached to the central edge [586] andthe another central edge [588].

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[502] may include internal light-dispersing features; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [504] may include additional internallight-dispersing features. Further in those examples [500] of thelighting system, the internal light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: particles having various shapes being e.g.spheroidal or polygonal; particles having various material compositionsincluding, e.g., phosphors, quantum dots, and pigmented dots;micro-optical features such as spherical or elliptical lenses, andreflective micro-scale particles. Additionally in those examples [500]of the lighting system, the internal light-dispersing features mayinclude negative elements such as: hot-pressed micro-patterns e.g.micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms, fresnels, conical arrays,pyramids, or domes. Also in those examples [500] of the lighting system,the internal light-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasingdensity in a direction from the peripheral edge [514] towards thelongitudinal axis [508]; and the additional internal light-dispersingfeatures may have a gradually-increasing density in another directionfrom the another peripheral edge [532] towards the longitudinal axis[508].

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[502] may include external light-dispersing features on the one [512] orthe another one [510] of the pair of panel surfaces; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [504] may include additional externallight-dispersing features on the one [530] or the another one [528] ofthe another pair of panel surfaces. Further in those examples [500] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: pigmented dots; or micro-optical featuressuch as spherical or elliptical lenses. Also in those examples [500] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includenegative elements such as hot-pressed textured surfaces such asmicro-patterns e.g. micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms,fresnels, conical arrays, pyramids, domes, or laser-ablated regions. Inaddition in those examples [500] of the lighting system, the externallight-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasing density in adirection from the peripheral edge [514] towards the longitudinal axis[508]; and the additional external light-dispersing features may have agradually-increasing density in another direction from the anotherperipheral edge [532] towards the longitudinal axis [508].

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the another one [510] of thepair of panel surfaces may have a light-reflective layer [602]; and theanother one [528] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have anotherlight-reflective layer [604]. Further in those examples [500] of thelighting system, the another one [510] of the pair of panel surfaces mayhave a specular light-reflective layer [602]; and the another one [528]of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another specularlight-reflective layer [604]. Additionally in those examples [500] ofthe lighting system, the another one [510] of the pair of panel surfacesmay have a metallic light-reflective layer [602]; and the another one[528] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another metalliclight-reflective layer [604]. In some of those examples [500] of thelighting system, the metallic light-reflective layers [602], [604] mayhave a composition that includes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum,zinc, gold, iron, copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, ormolybdenum. In additional examples [500] of the lighting system, theanother one [510] of the pair of panel surfaces may have alight-reflective layer [602]; and the another one [528] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces may have another light-reflective layer [604];and each of the light-reflective layers [602], [604] may have a minimumvisible-light reflection value from any incident angle being at leastabout ninety percent (90%) or being at least about ninety-five percent(95%).

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522] may include an arrayof the semiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522] being mutuallyspaced apart along the longitudinal axis [508]; and the anotherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [538], [540] mayinclude another array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [538],[540] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [508].Additionally in those examples [500] of the lighting system, the furtherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [556], [558] mayinclude a further array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[556], [558] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[508].

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522] may be collectivelyconfigured for generating the visible-light emissions [524], [526] ashaving a selectable perceived color point; and the another plurality ofthe semiconductor light-emitting devices [538], [540] may becollectively configured for generating the additional visible-lightemissions [542], [544] as having another selectable perceived colorpoint. Additionally in those examples [500] of the lighting system, thefurther plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [556],[558] may be collectively configured for generating the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] and the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563] as respectively having a further selectableperceived color point and another selectable perceived color point.

In some examples [500] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522] may include aplurality of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [520],[522] being co-located together, each one of the plurality of clustersbeing collectively configured for generating the visible-light emissions[524], [526] as having a selectable perceived color point; and theanother plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [538],[540] may include another plurality of clusters of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [538], [540] being co-located together, each oneof the another plurality of clusters being collectively configured forgenerating the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] as havinganother selectable perceived color point. Also in that example [500] ofthe lighting system, the further plurality of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [556], [558] may include a further plurality ofclusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [556], [558] beingco-located together, each one of the further plurality of clusters beingcollectively configured for generating the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] as having a further selectable perceived colorpoint. Further in that example [500] of the lighting system, theadditional plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [557],[559] may include an additional plurality of clusters of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [557], [559] being co-locatedtogether, each one of the additional plurality of clusters beingcollectively configured for generating the other visible-light emissions[561], [563] as having another selectable perceived color point.

As an example [500] of the lighting system, each of the pluralities ofclusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522],[538], [540], [556], [558], [557], [559] may include two or three ormore co-located semiconductor light-emitting devices being configuredfor collectively generating the visible-light emissions [524], [526] andthe additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] and the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] and the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563] as having the respective selectable perceivedcolor points.

In examples [500] of the lighting system, a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [520], [522], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [538], [540], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [556], [558], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [557], [559] may be arranged in a chip-on-board(not shown) array, or in a discrete (not shown) array on a printedcircuit board (not shown). Semiconductor light-emitting device arraysincluding chip-on-board arrays and discrete arrays may be conventionallyfabricated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. Further, thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [520], [522], [538], [540], [556],[558], [557], [559] of the example [500] of the lighting system may beprovided with drivers (not shown) and power supplies (not shown) beingconventionally fabricated and configured by persons of ordinary skill inthe art.

In examples [500], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [560],[562], (or in an analogous manner, a portion of the other visible-lightemissions of the additional total internal reflection lens [507]), asbeing within a field angle of the total internal reflection lens [506]and for causing emission of another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] as being outside the field angle of the totalinternal reflection lens [506]; and the emission aperture [564] may beconfigured for redirecting some of the another portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562]. Further in those examples [500] ofthe lighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506] may, asexamples, have a beam angle being within a range of between about thirtydegrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°). Additionally in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [506] may, as examples have a field angle being within a range ofbetween about sixty degrees (60°) and about twenty degrees (20°).

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the emission aperture [564]may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [560], [562] (or likewise of the othervisible-light emissions [561], [563]) being emitted at the third lightoutput interface [548] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [546] by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).In further examples [500] of the lighting system, the emission aperture[564] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [560], [562] being emitted at thethird light output interface [548] in directions deviating from thecentral light-emission axis [546] by greater than about sixty degrees(60°).

As an example [500] of the lighting system, the lateral edges [578],[580], [582], [584] of the edge-lit lightguide panels [502], [504] maybe linear; and the one [512] of the pair of panel surfaces may begenerally flat; and the one [530] of the another pair of panel surfacesmay be generally flat. Further in that example [500] of the lightingsystem, as can be seen in FIG. 6, the flat panel surfaces [512], [530]of the emission aperture [564] may be cooperatively positioned formechanically shielding and thus redirecting some of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] and some of the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563] being respectively emitted at the third lightoutput interface [548] and at the fourth light output interface [549] indirections deviating from the central light-emission axis [546] bygreater than about sixty degrees (60°). Additionally in that example[500] of the lighting system, redirection of the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] being emitted at the third light output interface[548] and of the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] beingemitted at the fourth light output interface [549] in high-angledirections being greater than about sixty degrees (60°) or seventydegrees (70°) may substantially reduce objectionable glare.

In examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internal reflectionlens [506] (and likewise the additional total internal lens [507]) mayhave a beam angle being within a range of between about thirty degrees(30°) and about twenty degrees (20°). Further in those examples [500] ofthe lighting system, the total internal reflection lens [506] may have afield angle being within a range of between about sixty degrees (60°)and about forty degrees (40°). Additionally in those examples [500], thelighting system may be configured for causing emission of a portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [560], [562] as being within thefield angle of the total internal reflection lens [506] and for causingemission of another portion of the further visible-light emissions[560], [562] as being outside the field angle of the total internalreflection lens [506]; and the emission aperture [564] may be configuredfor redirecting some of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562]. Further in those examples [500], the emissionaperture [564] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [560], [562] beingemitted at the third light output interface [548] in directionsdeviating from the central light-emission axis [546] by greater thanabout sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the central light-emissionaxis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In other examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] (and likewise the additional total internal lens[507]) may have a beam angle being within a range of between abouttwenty degrees (20°) and about ten degrees (10°); or within a range ofbetween about fifteen degrees (15°) and about ten degrees (10°). Furtherin those examples [500] of the lighting system, the total internalreflection lens [506] may have a field angle being respectively within arange of between about forty degrees (40°) and about twenty degrees(20°), or within a range of between about thirty degrees (30°) and abouttwenty degrees (20°). Further in those examples [500] of the lightingsystem, the third light output interface [548] may include internal orexternal light-dispersing features; and the third light output interface[548] may cause the total internal reflection lens [506] to have aneffective field angle being within a range of between about sixtydegrees (60°) and about forty degrees (40°). Additionally in thoseexamples [500], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [560],[562] as being within the effective field angle of the total internalreflection lens [506] and for causing emission of another portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [560], [562] as being outside theeffective field angle of the total internal reflection lens [506]; andthe emission aperture [564] may be configured for redirecting some ofthe another portion of the further visible-light emissions [560], [562].Further in those examples [500], the emission aperture [564] may bepositioned for redirecting a part of the another portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] (or likewise the othervisible-light emissions [561], [563]) being emitted at the third lightoutput interface [548] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [546] by greater than about sixty degrees (60°), ordeviating from the central light-emission axis by greater than aboutseventy degrees (70°).

In examples [500], the lighting system may include a controller (notshown) for the visible-light source [518] and for the anothervisible-light source [536] and for the further visible-light source[554] and for the additional visible-light source [555], the controllerbeing configured for causing the visible-light emissions [524], [526] tohave a selectable perceived color point and for causing the additionalvisible-light emissions [542], [544] to have another selectableperceived color point and for causing the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562] to have a further selectable perceived colorpoint and for causing the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] tohave an additional selectable perceived color point. Further in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the controller may be configuredfor causing the visible-light emissions [524], [526] to have aselectable and adjustable intensity and for causing the additionalvisible-light emissions [542], [544] to have another selectable andadjustable intensity and for causing the further visible-light emissions[560], [562] to have a further selectable and adjustable intensity andfor causing the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] to have anadditional selectable and adjustable intensity. Additionally in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the controller may be configuredfor causing the combined visible-light emissions [566], [568] togenerate a down-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wallfill, wall wash left, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash leftplus floor, wall wash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Also in thoseexamples [500] of the lighting system, the controller may be configuredfor selection among a plurality of different pre-programmed combinationsof the intensities for the visible-light emissions [524], [526], theadditional visible-light emissions [542], [544], the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] and the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563]. Further in those examples [500] of the lightingsystem, the controller may be configured for adjusting, over aselectable time period, the intensities for the visible-light emissions[524], [526], the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544], thefurther visible-light emissions [560], [562] and the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563] from a one of the plurality of pre-programmedcombinations to another one of the plurality of pre-programmedcombinations. Additionally in those examples [500], the lighting systemmay further include an ambient light sensor (not shown); and thecontroller may be configured, in response to the ambient light sensor,for adjusting the intensities for the visible-light emissions [524],[526], the additional visible-light emissions [542], [544], the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562], and the other visible-lightemissions [561], [563].

In other examples [500], the lighting system may include a controller(not shown) for the visible-light source [518] being configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [524], [526] to have a selectableperceived color point; and may include another controller (not shown)for the another visible-light source [536] being configured for causingthe additional visible-light emissions [542], [544] to have anotherselectable perceived color point; and may include a further controller(not shown) for the further visible-light source [554] being configuredfor causing the further visible-light emissions [560], [562] to have afurther selectable perceived color point; and may include an additionalcontroller (not shown) for the additional visible-light source [555]being configured for causing the other visible-light emissions [561],[563] to have an additional selectable perceived color point. Further inthose examples [500] of the lighting system, the controller may beconfigured for causing the visible-light emissions [524], [526] to havea selectable and adjustable intensity; and the another controller may beconfigured for causing the additional visible-light emissions [542],[544] to have another selectable and adjustable intensity; and thefurther controller may be configured for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [560], [562] to have a further selectable andadjustable intensity; and the additional controller may be configuredfor causing the other visible-light emissions [561], [563] to have anadditional selectable and adjustable intensity. In those examples [500]of the lighting system, the controller and the another controller andthe further controller and the additional controller may be collectivelyconfigured for causing the combined visible-light emissions [566], [568]to generate a down-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wallfill, wall wash left, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash leftplus floor, wall wash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Additionallyin those examples [500] of the lighting system, the controller and theanother controller and the further controller and the additionalcontroller may be collectively configured for selection among aplurality of different pre-programmed combinations of the intensitiesfor the visible-light emissions [524], [526], the additionalvisible-light emissions [542], [544], the further visible-lightemissions [560], [562]; and the other visible-light emissions [561],[563]. Further in those examples [500] of the lighting system, thecontroller and the another controller and the further controller and theadditional controller may be collectively configured for adjusting, overa selectable time period, the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [524], [526], the additional visible-light emissions [542],[544], the further visible-light emissions [560], [562], and the othervisible-light emissions [561], [563], from a one of the plurality ofpre-programmed combinations to another one of the plurality ofpre-programmed combinations. In those examples [500], the lightingsystem may also include an ambient light sensor; and the controller andthe another controller and the further controller and the additionalcontroller may be collectively configured, in response to the ambientlight sensor, for adjusting the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [524], [526], the additional visible-light emissions [542],[544], and the further visible-light emissions [560], [562], and theother visible-light emissions [561], [563].

FIG. 9 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [900] ofan implementation of a lighting system. FIG. 10 is a schematiccross-sectional view taken along the line 10-10 showing the example[900] of the lighting system. FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectionalview taken along the line 11-11 showing the example [900] of thelighting system. FIG. 12 is a schematic bottom perspective view takenalong the line 12 showing the example [900] of an implementation of alighting system.

Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] oflighting systems are discussed herein, respectively, in connection withFIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32,1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34,17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. It is understood throughout thisspecification that a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features or combinationsof features that are disclosed in connection with any one or more ofsuch lighting systems. It is further understood throughout thisspecification that each one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may be utilized together witha lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.It is additionally understood throughout this specification that eachone of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700], [2200],[2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, for controlling alighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lightingsystems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] oflighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [900] of an implementation of the lightingsystem.

As shown in FIGS. 9-12, the example [900] of the implementation of thelighting system includes: an edge-lit lightguide panel [902]; anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [904]; and a bowl reflector [906]. In theexample [900], the edge-lit lightguide panel [902] is extended along alongitudinal axis [908] of the lighting system. The edge-lit lightguidepanel [902] in the example [900] of the lighting system further has apair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces [910], [912]. The edge-litlightguide panel [902] in the example [900] of the lighting system alsohas a peripheral edge [914] being extended along and spaced transverselyaway from the longitudinal axis [908]. In the example [900] of thelighting system, a one [912] of the pair of panel surfaces includes afirst light output interface [916].

The example [900] of the lighting system also includes a visible-lightsource [918] including a plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [920], [922]. In the example [900] of the lighting system, thevisible-light source [918] is configured for generating visible-lightemissions [924], [926] from the plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [920], [922]. Further in the example [900] of thelighting system, the visible-light source [918] is located along theperipheral edge [914] for directing the visible-light emissions [924],[926] into the edge-lit lightguide panel [902].

In the example [900] of the lighting system, the another edge-litlightguide panel [904] is extended along the longitudinal axis [908].Additionally in the example [900] of the lighting system, the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [904] has another pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [928], [930]. In the example [900] of the lightingsystem, the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904] has anotherperipheral edge [932] being extended along and spaced transversely awayfrom the longitudinal axis [908]. Further, a one [930] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces in the example [900] of the lighting systemincludes a second light output interface [934].

The example [900] of the lighting system additionally includes anothervisible-light source [936] including another plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [938], [940]. In the example [900] of thelighting system, the another visible-light source [936] is configuredfor generating additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] from theanother plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [938], [940].Further in the example [900] of the lighting system, the anothervisible-light source [936] is located along the another peripheral edge[932] for directing the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944]into the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904].

In the example [900] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [906]has a central light-emission axis [946] being transverse to thelongitudinal axis [908]. The bowl reflector [906] in the example [900]of the lighting system includes a third light output interface [948]being located between the first and second light output interfaces[916], [934]. In the example [900] of the lighting system, the thirdlight output interface [948] is spaced apart from a central light inputinterface [950] by a visible-light-reflective side surface [952]. Thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] in the example [900] of thelighting system is extended along the central light-emission axis [946]and defines a portion of a cavity [947]. In the example [900] of thelighting system, the bowl reflector [906] has a further visible-lightsource [954] including a further plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [956], [958]. The further visible-light source[954] in the example [900] of the lighting system is configured forgenerating further visible-light emissions [960], [962] from the furtherplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [956], [958]. In theexample [900] of the lighting system, the further visible-light source[954] is located at the central light input interface [950] fordirecting the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] through thecavity [947] of the bowl reflector [906] to the third light outputinterface [948].

As examples, the edge-lit lightguide panel [902] may direct thevisible-light emissions [924], [926] for emission from the first lightoutput interface [916]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904]may direct the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] foremission from the second light output interface [934]; and the bowlreflector [906] may direct the further visible-light emissions [960],[962] for emission from the third light output interface [948].

In the example [900] of the lighting system, the first, second and thirdlight output interfaces [916], [934], [948] cooperatively define anemission aperture [964] for forming combined visible-light emissions[966], [968] including the visible-light emissions [924], [926], theadditional visible-light emissions [942], [944], and the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962]. Further in the example [900] ofthe lighting system, the emission aperture [964] forms a shielding zone[970] for redirecting some of the combined visible-light emissions[966], [968].

In some examples [900] of the lighting system: thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] may be extended along thelongitudinal axis [908] in addition to being extended along the centrallight-emission axis [946]; and the central light input interface [950]may be extended along the longitudinal axis [908]; and the furthervisible-light source [954] may be extended along the longitudinal axis[908]. Further in those examples [900] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] may have a frusto-conicalcross-sectional profile in the direction of the line 10-10 beingperpendicular to the longitudinal axis [908].

In some examples [900] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [906]may be a converging bowl reflector [906] being configured for causingconvergence of the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] in theirtravel along the central light-emission axis [946] toward the thirdlight output interface [948]. Further in those examples [900] of thelighting system, the bowl reflector [906] may be a converging bowlreflector [906] being configured for causing convergence of the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962] along the central light-emissionaxis [946] as having a beam angle being within a range of between aboutthirty degrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°).

As additional examples [900] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906]may be a specular light-reflective surface. In further examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the visible-light-reflective side surface [952] ofthe bowl reflector [906] may be a metallic light-reflective surface. Insome of those examples [900] of the lighting system, the metallic layerof the visible-light-reflective side surface [952] may have acomposition that includes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum, zinc,gold, iron, copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, ormolybdenum.

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the visible-light-reflectiveside surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906] may have a minimumvisible-light reflection value from any incident angle being: at leastabout ninety percent (90%); or at least about ninety-five percent (95%).As further examples [900] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906]may have a maximum visible-light transmission value from any incidentangle being: no greater than about ten percent (10%); or no greater thanabout five percent (5%).

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the visible-light-reflectiveside surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906] may be configured forreflecting the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] toward ahorizon [963] of the bowl reflector [906] as having a beam angle beingwithin a range of between about ten degrees (10°) and about thirtydegrees (30°).

As further examples [900] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906]may be configured for reflecting the further visible-light emissions[960], [962] toward the horizon [963] of the bowl reflector [906] ashaving a field angle being within a range of between about twentydegrees (20°) and about sixty degrees (60°).

In examples [900] of the lighting system, a portion of thevisible-light-reflective side surface [952] of the bowl reflector [906]may be a parabolic surface. In further examples [900] of the lightingsystem, a portion of the visible-light-reflective side surface [952] ofthe bowl reflector [906] may be a part of an elliptic paraboloid or apart of a paraboloid of revolution. As further examples [900] of thelighting system, a portion of the visible-light-reflective side surface[952] of the bowl reflector [906] may be a multi-segmented parabolicsurface.

In some examples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [902] may have a first pair of lateral edges [978], [980] beingmutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [908]; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [904] may have a second pair of lateral edges[982], [984] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[908]. Further in those examples [900] of the lighting system, each oneof the lateral edges [978], [980], [982], [984] may be curvilinear; andthe one [912] of the pair of panel surfaces may be concave; and the one[930] of the another pair of panel surfaces may be concave.

In additional examples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-litlightguide panel [902] may be configured for directing the visible-lightemissions [924], [926] in first directions towards the longitudinal axis[908]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904] may be configuredfor directing the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] insecond directions, being symmetrically opposed to the first directions,towards the longitudinal axis [908]. In those additional examples, theedge-lit lightguide panel [902] may further direct the visible-lightemissions [924], [926] for emission from the first light outputinterface [916]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904] mayfurther direct the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] foremission from the second light output interface [934]; and the bowlreflector [906] may direct the further visible-light emissions [960],[962] for emission from the third light output interface [948].

In some examples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [902] and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [904] may beintegrally formed together with the bowl reflector [906]. In otherexamples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[902] may have a central edge represented by a dashed line [986] beingextended along the longitudinal axis [908] and being spaced transverselyaway from the peripheral edge [914]; and the another edge-lit lightguidepanel [904] may have another central edge represented by a dashed line[988] being extended along the longitudinal axis [908] and being spacedtransversely away from the another peripheral edge [932]; and the bowlreflector [906] may be located between and attached to the central edge[986] and the another central edge [988].

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[902] may include internal light-dispersing features; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [904] may include additional internallight-dispersing features. Further in those examples [900] of thelighting system, the internal light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: particles having various shapes being e.g.spheroidal or polygonal; particles having various material compositionsincluding, e.g., phosphors, quantum dots, and pigmented dots;micro-optical features such as spherical or elliptical lenses, andreflective micro-scale particles. Additionally in those examples [900]of the lighting system, the internal light-dispersing features mayinclude negative elements such as: hot-pressed micro-patterns e.g.micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms, fresnels, conical arrays,pyramids, or domes. Also in those examples [900] of the lighting system,the internal light-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasingdensity in a direction from the peripheral edge [914] towards thelongitudinal axis [908]; and the additional internal light-dispersingfeatures may have a gradually-increasing density in another directionfrom the another peripheral edge [932] towards the longitudinal axis[908].

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[902] may include external light-dispersing features on the one [912] orthe another one [910] of the pair of panel surfaces; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [904] may include additional externallight-dispersing features on the one [930] or the another one [928] ofthe another pair of panel surfaces. Further in those examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: pigmented dots; or micro-optical featuressuch as spherical or elliptical lenses. Also in those examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includenegative elements such as: hot-pressed textured surfaces such asmicro-patterns e.g. micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms,fresnels, conical arrays, pyramids, domes, or laser-ablated regions. Inaddition in those examples [900] of the lighting system, the externallight-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasing density in adirection from the peripheral edge [914] towards the longitudinal axis[908]; and the additional external light-dispersing features may have agradually-increasing density in another direction from the anotherperipheral edge [932] towards the longitudinal axis [908].

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the another one [910] of thepair of panel surfaces may have a light-reflective layer [1002]; and theanother one [928] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have anotherlight-reflective layer [1004]. Further in those examples [900] of thelighting system, the another one [910] of the pair of panel surfaces mayhave a specular light-reflective layer [1002]; and the another one [928]of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another specularlight-reflective layer [1004]. Additionally in those examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the another one [910] of the pair of panel surfacesmay have a metallic light-reflective layer [1002]; and the another one[928] of the another pair of panel surfaces may have another metalliclight-reflective layer [1004]. In some of those examples [900] of thelighting system, the metallic light-reflective layers [1002], [1004] mayhave a composition that includes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum,zinc, gold, iron, copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, ormolybdenum. In additional examples [900] of the lighting system, theanother one [910] of the pair of panel surfaces may have alight-reflective layer [1002]; and the another one [928] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces may have another light-reflective layer [1004];and each of the light-reflective layers [1002], [1004] may have aminimum visible-light reflection value from any incident angle being atleast about ninety percent (90%) or being at least about ninety-fivepercent (95%).

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922] may include an arrayof the semiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922] being mutuallyspaced apart along the longitudinal axis [908]; and the anotherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [938], [940] mayinclude another array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [938],[940] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [908].Additionally in those examples [900] of the lighting system, the furtherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [956], [958] mayinclude a further array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[956], [958] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[908].

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922] may be collectivelyconfigured for generating the visible-light emissions [924], [926] ashaving a selectable perceived color point; and the another plurality ofthe semiconductor light-emitting devices [938], [940] may becollectively configured for generating the additional visible-lightemissions [942], [944] as having another selectable perceived colorpoint. Additionally in those examples [900] of the lighting system, thefurther plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [956],[958] may be collectively configured for generating the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962] as having a further selectableperceived color point.

In some examples [900] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922] may include aplurality of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [920],[922] being co-located together, each one of the plurality of clustersbeing collectively configured for generating the visible-light emissions[924], [926] as having a selectable perceived color point; and theanother plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [938],[940] may include another plurality of clusters of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [938], [940] being co-located together, each oneof the another plurality of clusters being collectively configured forgenerating the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] as havinganother selectable perceived color point. Also in that example [900] ofthe lighting system, the further plurality of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [956], [958] may include a further plurality ofclusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [956], [958] beingco-located together, each one of the further plurality of clusters beingcollectively configured for generating the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962] as having a further selectable perceived colorpoint. As an example [900] of the lighting system, each of thepluralities of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[920], [922], [938], [940], [956], [958] may include two or three ormore co-located semiconductor light-emitting devices being configuredfor collectively generating the visible-light emissions [924], [926] andthe additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] and the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962] as having the respective selectableperceived color points.

In examples [900] of the lighting system, a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [920], [922], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [938], [940], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [956], [958] may be arranged in a chip-on-board(not shown) array, or in a discrete (not shown) array on a printedcircuit board (not shown). Semiconductor light-emitting device arraysincluding chip-on-board arrays and discrete arrays may be conventionallyfabricated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. Further, thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922], [938], [940], [956],[958] of the example [900] of the lighting system may be provided withdrivers (not shown) and power supplies (not shown) being conventionallyfabricated and configured by persons of ordinary skill in the art.

In examples [900], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [960],[962] as being within a field angle of the bowl reflector [906] and forcausing emission of another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962] as being outside the field angle of the bowlreflector [906]; and the emission aperture [964] may be configured forredirecting some of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962]. Further in those examples [900] of the lightingsystem, the bowl reflector [906] may, as examples, have a beam anglebeing within a range of between about thirty degrees (30°) and about tendegrees (10°). Additionally in those examples [900] of the lightingsystem, the bowl reflector [906] may, as examples have a field anglebeing within a range of between about sixty degrees (60°) and abouttwenty degrees (20°).

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the emission aperture [964]may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [960], [962] being emitted at the thirdlight output interface [948] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [946] by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).In further examples [900] of the lighting system, the emission aperture[964] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [960], [962] being emitted at thethird light output interface [948] in directions deviating from thecentral light-emission axis [946] by greater than about sixty degrees(60°).

As an example [900] of the lighting system, the lateral edges [978],[980], [982], [984] of the edge-lit lightguide panels [902], [904] maybe curvilinear; and the one [912] of the pair of panel surfaces may beconcave; and the one [930] of the another pair of panel surfaces may beconcave. Further in that example [900] of the lighting system, as can beseen in FIG. 10, the concave panel surfaces [912], [930] of the emissionaperture [964] may be cooperatively positioned for mechanicallyshielding and thus redirecting some of the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962] being emitted at the third light output interface[948] in directions deviating from the central light-emission axis [946]by greater than about sixty degrees (60°). Additionally in that example[900] of the lighting system, redirection of the visible-light emissions[960], [962] being emitted at the third light output interface [948] inhigh-angle directions being greater than about sixty degrees (60°) orseventy degrees (70°) may substantially reduce objectionable glare.

In examples [900] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [906] mayhave a beam angle being within a range of between about thirty degrees(30°) and about twenty degrees (20°). Further in those examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the bowl reflector [906] may have a field anglebeing within a range of between about sixty degrees (60°) and aboutforty degrees (40°). Additionally in those examples [900], the lightingsystem may be configured for causing emission of a portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [960], [962] as being within the fieldangle of the bowl reflector [906] and for causing emission of anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] as beingoutside the field angle of the bowl reflector [906]; and the emissionaperture [964] may be configured for redirecting some of the anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [960], [962]. Further inthose examples [900], the emission aperture [964] may be positioned forredirecting a part of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962] being emitted at the third light output interface[948] in directions deviating from the central light-emission axis [946]by greater than about sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the centrallight-emission axis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In other examples [900] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [906]may have a beam angle being within a range of between about twentydegrees (20°) and about ten degrees (10°); or within a range of betweenabout fifteen degrees (15°) and about ten degrees (10°). Further inthose examples [900] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [906]may have a field angle being respectively within a range of betweenabout forty degrees (40°) and about twenty degrees (20°), or within arange of between about thirty degrees (30°) and about twenty degrees(20°). Further in those examples [900] of the lighting system, the thirdlight output interface [948] may include internal or externallight-dispersing features; and the third light output interface [948]may cause the bowl reflector [906] to have an effective field anglebeing within a range of between about sixty degrees (60°) and aboutforty degrees (40°). Additionally in those examples [900], the lightingsystem may be configured for causing emission of a portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [960], [962] as being within theeffective field angle of the bowl reflector [906] and for causingemission of another portion of the further visible-light emissions[960], [962] as being outside the effective field angle of the bowlreflector [906]; and the emission aperture [964] may be configured forredirecting some of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962]. Further in those examples [900], the emissionaperture [964] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] beingemitted at the third light output interface [948] in directionsdeviating from the central light-emission axis [946] by greater thanabout sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the central light-emissionaxis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In examples [900], the lighting system may include a controller (notshown) for the visible-light source [918] and for the anothervisible-light source [936] and for the further visible-light source[954], the controller being configured for causing the visible-lightemissions [924], [926] to have a selectable perceived color point andfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] to haveanother selectable perceived color point and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962] to have a further selectableperceived color point. Further in those examples [900] of the lightingsystem, the controller may be configured for causing the visible-lightemissions [924], [926] to have a selectable and adjustable intensity andfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] to haveanother selectable and adjustable intensity and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [960], [962] to have a further selectable andadjustable intensity. Additionally in those examples [900] of thelighting system, the controller may be configured for causing thecombined visible-light emissions [966], [968] to generate adown-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wall fill, wall washleft, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash left plus floor, wallwash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Also in those examples [900] ofthe lighting system, the controller may be configured for selectionamong a plurality of different pre-programmed combinations of theintensities for the visible-light emissions [924], [926], the additionalvisible-light emissions [942], [944], and the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962]. Further in those examples [900] of the lightingsystem, the controller may be configured for adjusting, over aselectable time period, the intensities for the visible-light emissions[924], [926], the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944], andthe further visible-light emissions [960], [962] from a one of theplurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one of the pluralityof pre-programmed combinations. Additionally in those examples [900],the lighting system may further include an ambient light sensor (notshown); and the controller may be configured, in response to the ambientlight sensor, for adjusting the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [924], [926], the additional visible-light emissions [942],[944], and the further visible-light emissions [960], [962].

In other examples [900], the lighting system may include a controller(not shown) for the visible-light source [918] being configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [924], [926] to have a selectableperceived color point; and may include another controller (not shown)for the another visible-light source [936] being configured for causingthe additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] to have anotherselectable perceived color point; and may include a further controller(not shown) for the further visible-light source [954] being configuredfor causing the further visible-light emissions [960], [962] to have afurther selectable perceived color point. Further in those examples[900] of the lighting system, the controller may be configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [924], [926] to have a selectableand adjustable intensity; and the another controller may be configuredfor causing the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944] to haveanother selectable and adjustable intensity; and the further controllermay be configured for causing the further visible-light emissions [960],[962] to have a further selectable and adjustable intensity. In thoseexamples [900] of the lighting system, the controller and the anothercontroller and the further controller may be collectively configured forcausing the combined visible-light emissions [966], [968] to generate adown-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table with wall fill, wall washleft, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall wash left plus floor, wallwash right plus floor, room, or batwing. Additionally in those examples[900] of the lighting system, the controller and the another controllerand the further controller may be collectively configured for selectionamong a plurality of different pre-programmed combinations of theintensities for the visible-light emissions [924], [926], the additionalvisible-light emissions [942], [944], and the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962]. Further in those examples [900] of the lightingsystem, the controller and the another controller and the furthercontroller may be collectively configured for adjusting, over aselectable time period, the intensities for the visible-light emissions[924], [926], the additional visible-light emissions [942], [944], andthe further visible-light emissions [960], [962] from a one of theplurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one of the pluralityof pre-programmed combinations. In those examples [900], the lightingsystem may also include an ambient light sensor; and the controller andthe another controller and the further controller may be collectivelyconfigured, in response to the ambient light sensor, for adjusting theintensities for the visible-light emissions [924], [926], the additionalvisible-light emissions [942], [944], and the further visible-lightemissions [960], [962].

FIG. 13 is a schematic top perspective view showing an example [1300] ofan implementation of a lighting system. FIG. 14 is a schematiccross-sectional view taken along the line 14-14 showing the example[1300] of the lighting system. FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectionalview taken along the line 15-15 showing the example [1300] of thelighting system. FIG. 16 is a schematic bottom perspective view takenalong the line 16 showing the example [1300] of an implementation of alighting system.

Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] oflighting systems are discussed herein, respectively, in connection withFIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32,1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34,17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. It is understood throughout thisspecification that a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features or combinationsof features that are disclosed in connection with any one or more ofsuch lighting systems. It is further understood throughout thisspecification that each one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may be utilized together witha lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.It is additionally understood throughout this specification that eachone of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700], [2200],[2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, for controlling alighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800]including any of the features or combinations of features that aredisclosed in connection with any one or more of such lighting systems.Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lightingsystems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] oflighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [1300] of an implementation of the lightingsystem.

As shown in FIGS. 13-16, the example [1300] of the implementation of thelighting system includes: an edge-lit lightguide panel [1302]; anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [1304]; a bowl reflector [1306]; and anadditional bowl reflector [1307]. In the example [1300], the edge-litlightguide panel [1302] is extended along a longitudinal axis [1308] ofthe lighting system. The edge-lit lightguide panel [1302] in the example[1300] of the lighting system further has a pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [1310], [1312]. The edge-lit lightguide panel [1302] inthe example [1300] of the lighting system also has a peripheral edge[1314] being extended along and spaced transversely away from thelongitudinal axis [1308]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system,a one [1312] of the pair of panel surfaces includes a first light outputinterface [1316].

The example [1300] of the lighting system also includes a visible-lightsource [1318] including a plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1320], [1322]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system,the visible-light source [1318] is configured for generatingvisible-light emissions [1324], [1326] from the plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322]. Further in theexample [1300] of the lighting system, the visible-light source [1318]is located along the peripheral edge [1314] for directing thevisible-light emissions [1324], [1326] into the edge-lit lightguidepanel [1302].

In the example [1300] of the lighting system, the another edge-litlightguide panel [1304] is extended along the longitudinal axis [1308].Additionally in the example [1300] of the lighting system, the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [1304] has another pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [1328], [1330]. In the example [1300] of the lightingsystem, the another edge-lit lightguide panel [1304] has anotherperipheral edge [1332] being extended along and spaced transversely awayfrom the longitudinal axis [1308]. Further, a one [1330] of the anotherpair of panel surfaces in the example [1300] of the lighting systemincludes a second light output interface [1334].

The example [1300] of the lighting system additionally includes anothervisible-light source [1336] including another plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1338], [1340]. In the example [1300] of thelighting system, the another visible-light source [1336] is configuredfor generating additional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344] fromthe another plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1338],[1340]. Further in the example [1300] of the lighting system, theanother visible-light source [1336] is located along the anotherperipheral edge [1332] for directing the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344] into the another edge-lit lightguide panel[1304].

In the example [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [1306]has a central light-emission axis [1346] being transverse to thelongitudinal axis [1308]. The bowl reflector [1306] in the example[1300] of the lighting system includes a third light output interface[1348] being located between the first and second light outputinterfaces [1316], [1334]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system,the third light output interface [1348] is spaced apart from a centrallight input interface [1350] by a visible-light-reflective side surface[1352]. The visible-light-reflective side surface [1352] in the example[1300] of the lighting system is extended along the centrallight-emission axis [1346] and defines a portion of a cavity [1347]. Inthe example [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [1306] hasa further visible-light source [1354] including a further plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1356], [1358]. The furthervisible-light source [1354] in the example [1300] of the lighting systemis configured for generating further visible-light emissions [1360],[1362] from the further plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1356], [1358]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system,the further visible-light source [1354] is located at the central lightinput interface [1350] for directing the further visible-light emissions[1360], [1362] through the cavity [1347] of the bowl reflector [1306] tothe third light output interface [1348].

In the example [1300] of the lighting system, the additional bowlreflector [1307] has an additional central light-emission axis [1347]being transverse to the longitudinal axis [1308]. The additional bowlreflector [1307] in the example [1300] of the lighting system includes afourth light output interface [1349] being spaced apart along thelongitudinal axis [1308] away from the third light output interface[1348] and being located between the first and second light outputinterfaces [1316], [1334]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system,the fourth light output interface [1349] is spaced apart from anadditional central light input interface [1351] by an additionalvisible-light-reflective side surface [1353]. The additionalvisible-light-reflective side surface [1353] in the example [1300] ofthe lighting system is extended along the additional centrallight-emission axis [1347] and defines a portion of an additional cavity[1347]. In the example [1300] of the lighting system, the additionalbowl reflector [1307] has an additional visible-light source [1355]including an additional plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1357], [1359]. The additional visible-light source [1355] inthe example [1300] of the lighting system is configured for generatingother visible-light emissions [1361], [1363] from the additionalplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1357], [1359]. In theexample [1300] of the lighting system, the additional visible-lightsource [1355] is located at the additional central light input interface[1351] for directing the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363]through the additional cavity [1347] of the additional bowl reflector[1307] to the fourth light output interface [1349].

As examples, the edge-lit lightguide panel [1302] may direct thevisible-light emissions [1324], [1326] for emission from the first lightoutput interface [1316]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel[1304] may direct the additional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344]for emission from the second light output interface [1334]; and the bowlreflector [1306] may direct the further visible-light emissions [1360],[1362] for emission from the third light output interface [1348]; andthe additional bowl reflector [1307] may direct the other visible-lightemissions [1361], [1363] for emission from the fourth light outputinterface [1349].

In the example [1300] of the lighting system, the first, second, thirdand fourth light output interfaces [1316], [1334], [1348], [1349]cooperatively define an emission aperture [1364] for forming combinedvisible-light emissions [1366], [1368] including the visible-lightemissions [1324], [1326], the additional visible-light emissions [1342],[1344], the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362], and theother visible-light emissions [1361], [1363]. Further in the example[1300] of the lighting system, the emission aperture [1364] forms ashielding zone [1370] for redirecting some of the combined visible-lightemissions [1366], [1368].

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the visible-light-reflectiveside surface [1352] and the additional visible-light-reflective sidesurface [1353] each may have a frusto-conical cross-sectional profile inboth of the directions of the lines 14-14 and 15-15 being perpendicularto the longitudinal axis [1308]. In further examples [1300] of thelighting system, the additional bowl reflector [1307] may have anycombination of the further structural and performance features discussedherein with regard to the bowl reflector [1306]. As additional examples[1300], the lighting system may include (not shown) further bowlreflectors in addition to the bowl reflectors [1306], [1307]. Inexamples [1300] of the lighting system, such further bowl reflectors mayhave any combination of the further structural and performance featuresdiscussed herein with regard to the bowl reflectors [1306] and [1307],and may be mutually spaced apart in the same manner by which the bowlreflectors [1306], [1307] are spaced apart along the longitudinal axis[1308].

In some examples [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector[1306] (and likewise the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may be aconverging bowl reflector [1306] being configured for causingconvergence of the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] intheir travel along the central light-emission axis [1346] toward thethird light output interface [1348]. In examples [1300] of the lightingsystem, the visible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowlreflector [1306] may be configured for reflecting the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] toward a horizon [1363] of thebowl reflector [1306] as having a beam angle being within a range ofbetween about ten degrees (10°) and about thirty degrees (30°). Asfurther examples [1300] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowl reflector[1306] may be configured for reflecting the further visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362] toward a horizon [1363] of the bowl reflector[1306] as having a field angle being within a range of between abouttwenty degrees (20°) and about sixty degrees (60°).

As additional examples [1300] of the lighting system, thevisible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowl reflector[1306] (and likewise of the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may be aspecular light-reflective surface. In further examples [1300] of thelighting system, the visible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of thebowl reflector [1306] (and likewise the additional bowl reflector[1307]) may be a metallic light-reflective surface. In some of thoseexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the metallic layer of thevisible-light-reflective side surface [1352] may have a composition thatincludes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum, zinc, gold, iron,copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, or molybdenum.

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the visible-light-reflectiveside surface [1352] of the bowl reflector [1306] (and likewise of theadditional bowl reflector [1307]) may have a minimum visible-lightreflection value from any incident angle being: at least about ninetypercent (90%); or at least about ninety-five percent (95%). As furtherexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the visible-light-reflectiveside surface [1352] of the bowl reflector [1306] may have a maximumvisible-light transmission value from any incident angle being: nogreater than about ten percent (10%); or no greater than about fivepercent (5%).

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, a portion of thevisible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowl reflector[1306] (and likewise of the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may be aparabolic surface. In further examples [1300] of the lighting system, aportion of the visible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowlreflector [1306] (and likewise of the additional bowl reflector [1307])may be a part of an elliptic paraboloid or a part of a paraboloid ofrevolution.

As further examples [1300] of the lighting system, a portion of thevisible-light-reflective side surface [1352] of the bowl reflector[1306] (and likewise of the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may be amulti-segmented parabolic surface. In additional examples [1300] of thelighting system, the visible-light-reflective side surface [1352] mayinclude a plurality of vertically-faceted sections being mutually spacedapart around and joined together around the central light-emission axis[1346]. Also in those additional examples [1300] of the lighting system,each one of the vertically-faceted sections may have a generallypie-wedge-shaped perimeter. Further in those additional examples [1300]of the lighting system, each one of the vertically-faceted sections mayform a one of a plurality of facets of the visible-light-reflective sidesurface [1352]; and each one of the facets may have a concavevisible-light reflective surface [1352]. Also in those additionalexamples [1300] of the lighting system, each one of thevertically-faceted sections may form a one of a plurality of facets ofthe visible-light-reflective side surface [1352]; and each one of thefacets may have a convex visible-light reflective surface [1352].Further in those additional examples [1300] of the lighting system, eachone of the vertically-faceted sections may form a one of a plurality offacets of the visible-light-reflective side surface [1352]; and each oneof the facets may have a generally flat visible-light reflectivesurface. As further examples [1300] of the lighting system, either orboth of the bowl reflectors [1306], [1307], and any further such bowlreflectors included in the example [1300] of the lighting system, may besubstituted by a lighting system as is disclosed in commonly-owned XinZhang et al., Patent Cooperation Treaty International patent applicationserial No. PCT/US2018/016662 filed on Feb. 2, 2018 and entitled“Lighting Systems Generating Partially-Collimated Light Emissions,” theentirety of which hereby is incorporated herein by reference.

In some examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [1302] may have a first pair of lateral edges [1378], [1380] beingmutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [1308]; and theanother edge-lit lightguide panel [1304] may have a second pair oflateral edges [1382], [1384] being mutually spaced apart along thelongitudinal axis [1308]. Further in those examples [1300] of thelighting system, each one of the lateral edges [1378], [1380], [1382],[1384] may be linear; and the one [1312] of the pair of panel surfacesmay be generally flat; and the one [1330] of the another pair of panelsurfaces may be generally flat.

In additional examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-litlightguide panel [1302] may be configured for directing thevisible-light emissions [1324], [1326] in first directions towards thelongitudinal axis [1308]; and the another edge-lit lightguide panel[1304] may be configured for directing the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344] in second directions, being symmetricallyopposed to the first directions, towards the longitudinal axis [1308].In those additional examples, the edge-lit lightguide panel [1302] mayfurther direct the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326] for emissionfrom the first light output interface [1316]; and the another edge-litlightguide panel [1304] may further direct the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344] for emission from the second light outputinterface [1334]; and the bowl reflector [1306] may direct the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] for emission from the third lightoutput interface [1348]; and the another bowl reflector [1307] maydirect the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363] for emissionfrom the fourth light output interface [1349].

In some examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [1302] and the another edge-lit lightguide panel [1304] may beintegrally formed together with the bowl reflectors [1306], [1307]. Inother examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguidepanel [1302] may have a central edge represented by a dashed line [1386]being extended along the longitudinal axis [1308] and being spacedtransversely away from the peripheral edge [1314]; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [1304] may have another central edgerepresented by a dashed line [1388] being extended along thelongitudinal axis [1308] and being spaced transversely away from theanother peripheral edge [1332]; and the bowl reflectors [1306], [1307]may be located between and attached to the central edge [1386] and theanother central edge [1388].

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[1302] may include internal light-dispersing features; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [1304] may include additional internallight-dispersing features. Further in those examples [1300] of thelighting system, the internal light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: particles having various shapes being e.g.spheroidal or polygonal; particles having various material compositionsincluding, e.g., phosphors, quantum dots, and pigmented dots;micro-optical features such as spherical or elliptical lenses, andreflective micro-scale particles. Additionally in those examples [1300]of the lighting system, the internal light-dispersing features mayinclude negative elements such as: hot-pressed micro-patterns e.g.micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms, fresnel s, conical arrays,pyramids, or domes. Also in those examples [1300] of the lightingsystem, the internal light-dispersing features may have agradually-increasing density in a direction from the peripheral edge[1314] towards the longitudinal axis [1308]; and the additional internallight-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasing density inanother direction from the another peripheral edge [1332] towards thelongitudinal axis [1308].

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the edge-lit lightguide panel[1302] may include external light-dispersing features on the one [1312]or the another one [1310] of the pair of panel surfaces; and the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel [1304] may include additional externallight-dispersing features on the one [1330] or the another one [1328] ofthe another pair of panel surfaces. Further in those examples [1300] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includepositive elements such as: pigmented dots; or micro-optical featuressuch as spherical or elliptical lenses. Also in those examples [1300] ofthe lighting system, the external light-dispersing features may includenegative elements such as: hot-pressed textured surfaces such asmicro-patterns e.g. micro-grooves, lenticular patterns, prisms,fresnels, conical arrays, pyramids, domes, or laser-ablated regions. Inaddition in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the externallight-dispersing features may have a gradually-increasing density in adirection from the peripheral edge [1314] towards the longitudinal axis[1308]; and the additional external light-dispersing features may have agradually-increasing density in another direction from the anotherperipheral edge [1332] towards the longitudinal axis [1308].

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the another one [1310] of thepair of panel surfaces may have a light-reflective layer [1402]; and theanother one [1328] of the another pair of panel surfaces may haveanother light-reflective layer [1404]. Further in those examples [1300]of the lighting system, the another one [1310] of the pair of panelsurfaces may have a specular light-reflective layer [1402]; and theanother one [1328] of the another pair of panel surfaces may haveanother specular light-reflective layer [1404]. Additionally in thoseexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the another one [1310] of thepair of panel surfaces may have a metallic light-reflective layer[1402]; and the another one [1328] of the another pair of panel surfacesmay have another metallic light-reflective layer [1404]. In some ofthose examples [1300] of the lighting system, the metalliclight-reflective layers [1402], [1404] may have a composition thatincludes: silver, platinum, palladium, aluminum, zinc, gold, iron,copper, tin, antimony, titanium, chromium, nickel, or molybdenum. Inadditional examples [1300] of the lighting system, the another one[1310] of the pair of panel surfaces may have a light-reflective layer[1402]; and the another one [1328] of the another pair of panel surfacesmay have another light-reflective layer [1404]; and each of thelight-reflective layers [1402], [1404] may have a minimum visible-lightreflection value from any incident angle being at least about ninetypercent (90%) or being at least about ninety-five percent (95%).

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322] may include an arrayof the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1326] beingmutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [1308]; and theanother plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1338],[1340] may include another array of the semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1338], [1340] being mutually spaced apart along thelongitudinal axis [1308]. Additionally in those examples [1300] of thelighting system, the further plurality of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1356], [1358] may include a further array of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1356], [1358] being mutuallyspaced apart along the longitudinal axis [1308]. Further in thoseexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the additional plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1357], [1359] may include anadditional array of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1357],[1359] being mutually spaced apart along the longitudinal axis [1308].

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322] may be collectivelyconfigured for generating the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326] ashaving a selectable perceived color point; and the another plurality ofthe semiconductor light-emitting devices [1338], [1340] may becollectively configured for generating the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344] as having another selectable perceived colorpoint. Additionally in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, thefurther plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1356],[1358] may be collectively configured for generating the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] as having a further selectableperceived color point. Further in those examples [1300] of the lightingsystem, the additional plurality of the semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1357], [1359] may be collectively configured for generating theother visible-light emissions [1361], [1363] as having anotherselectable perceived color point.

In some examples [1300] of the lighting system, the plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322] may include aplurality of clusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[1320], [1322] being co-located together, each one of the plurality ofclusters being collectively configured for generating the visible-lightemissions [1324], [1326] as having a selectable perceived color point;and the another plurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices[1338], [1340] may include another plurality of clusters of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1338], [1340] being co-locatedtogether, each one of the another plurality of clusters beingcollectively configured for generating the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344] as having another selectable perceived colorpoint. Also in that example [1300] of the lighting system, the furtherplurality of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1356], [1358] mayinclude a further plurality of clusters of the semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1356], [1358] being co-located together, eachone of the further plurality of clusters being collectively configuredfor generating the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] ashaving a further selectable perceived color point. Additionally in thatexample [1300] of the lighting system, the additional plurality of thesemiconductor light-emitting devices [1357], [1359] may include anadditional plurality of clusters of the semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1357], [1359] being co-located together, each one of theadditional plurality of clusters being collectively configured forgenerating the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363] as havinganother selectable perceived color point.

As an example [1300] of the lighting system, each of the pluralities ofclusters of the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322],[1338], [1340], [1356], [1358], [1357], [1359] may include two or threeor more co-located semiconductor light-emitting devices being configuredfor collectively generating the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326]and the additional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344] and thefurther visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] and the othervisible-light emissions [1361], [1363] as having the respectiveselectable perceived color points.

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1320], [1322], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1338], [1340], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1356], [1358], or a plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1357], [1359], may be arranged in achip-on-board (not shown) array, or in a discrete (not shown) array on aprinted circuit board (not shown). Semiconductor light-emitting devicearrays including chip-on-board arrays and discrete arrays may beconventionally fabricated by persons of ordinary skill in the art.Further, the semiconductor light-emitting devices [1320], [1322],[1338], [1340], [1356], [1358], [1357], [1359] of the example [1300] ofthe lighting system may be provided with drivers (not shown) and powersupplies (not shown) being conventionally fabricated and configured bypersons of ordinary skill in the art.

In examples [1300], the lighting system may be configured for causingemission of a portion of the further visible-light emissions [1360],[1362] (and likewise the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363])as being within a field angle of the bowl reflector [1306] (or likewiseof the bowl reflector [1307]) and for causing emission of anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] as beingoutside the field angle of the bowl reflector [1306]; and the emissionaperture [1364] may be configured for redirecting some of the anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362]. Furtherin those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector[1306] may, as examples, have a beam angle being within a range ofbetween about thirty degrees (30°) and about ten degrees (10°).Additionally in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the bowlreflector [1306] may, as examples have a field angle being within arange of between about sixty degrees (60°) and about twenty degrees(20°).

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the emission aperture [1364]may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] (or likewise of the othervisible-light emissions [1361], [1363]) being emitted at the third lightoutput interface [1348] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [1346] by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).In further examples [1300] of the lighting system, the emission aperture[1364] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the another portionof the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] being emitted atthe third light output interface [1348] in directions deviating from thecentral light-emission axis [1346] by greater than about sixty degrees(60°).

As an example [1300] of the lighting system, the lateral edges [1378],[1380], [1382], [1384] of the edge-lit lightguide panels [1302], [1304]may be linear; and the one [1312] of the pair of panel surfaces may begenerally flat; and the one [1330] of the another pair of panel surfacesmay be generally flat. Further in that example [1300] of the lightingsystem, as can be seen in FIG. 14, the flat panel surfaces [1312],[1330] of the emission aperture [1364] may be cooperatively positionedfor mechanically shielding and thus redirecting some of the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] being emitted at the third lightoutput interface [1348] in directions deviating from the centrallight-emission axis [1346] by greater than about sixty degrees (60°).Additionally in that example [1300] of the lighting system, redirectionof the visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] being emitted at the thirdlight output interface [1348] in high-angle directions being greaterthan about sixty degrees (60°) or seventy degrees (70°) maysubstantially reduce objectionable glare.

In examples [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [1306] (orlikewise the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may have a beam anglebeing within a range of between about thirty degrees (30°) and abouttwenty degrees (20°). Further in those examples [1300] of the lightingsystem, the bowl reflector [1306] may have a field angle being within arange of between about sixty degrees (60°) and about forty degrees(40°). Additionally in those examples [1300], the lighting system may beconfigured for causing emission of a portion of the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] as being within the field angleof the bowl reflector [1306] and for causing emission of another portionof the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] as being outsidethe field angle of the bowl reflector [1306]; and the emission aperture[1364] may be configured for redirecting some of the another portion ofthe further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362]. Further in thoseexamples [1300], the emission aperture [1364] may be positioned forredirecting a part of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362] being emitted at the third light outputinterface [1348] in directions deviating from the central light-emissionaxis [1346] by greater than about sixty degrees (60°), or deviating fromthe central light-emission axis by greater than about seventy degrees(70°).

In other examples [1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector[1306] (or likewise the additional bowl reflector [1307]) may have abeam angle being within a range of between about twenty degrees (20°)and about ten degrees (10°); or within a range of between about fifteendegrees (15°) and about ten degrees (10°). Further in those examples[1300] of the lighting system, the bowl reflector [1306] may have afield angle being respectively within a range of between about fortydegrees (40°) and about twenty degrees (20°), or within a range ofbetween about thirty degrees (30°) and about twenty degrees (20°).Further in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the third lightoutput interface [1348] may include internal or externallight-dispersing features; and the third light output interface [1348]may cause the bowl reflector [1306] to have an effective field anglebeing within a range of between about sixty degrees (60°) and aboutforty degrees (40°). Additionally in those examples [1300], the lightingsystem may be configured for causing emission of a portion of thefurther visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] as being within theeffective field angle of the bowl reflector [1306] and for causingemission of another portion of the further visible-light emissions[1360], [1362] as being outside the effective field angle of the bowlreflector [1306]; and the emission aperture [1364] may be configured forredirecting some of the another portion of the further visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362]. Further in those examples [1300], the emissionaperture [1364] may be positioned for redirecting a part of the anotherportion of the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] beingemitted at the third light output interface [1348] in directionsdeviating from the central light-emission axis [1346] by greater thanabout sixty degrees (60°), or deviating from the central light-emissionaxis by greater than about seventy degrees (70°).

In examples [1300], the lighting system may include a controller (notshown) for the visible-light source [1318] and for the anothervisible-light source [1336] and for the further visible-light source[1354] and for the additional visible-light source [1355], thecontroller being configured for causing the visible-light emissions[1324], [1326] to have a selectable perceived color point and forcausing the additional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344] to haveanother selectable perceived color point and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] to have a further selectableperceived color point and for causing the other visible-light emissions[1361], [1363] to have an additional selectable perceived color point.Further in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the controllermay be configured for causing the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326]to have a selectable and adjustable intensity and for causing theadditional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344] to have anotherselectable and adjustable intensity and for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] to have a further selectable andadjustable intensity and for causing the other visible-light emissions[1361], [1363] to have an additional selectable and adjustableintensity. Additionally in those examples [1300] of the lighting system,the controller may be configured for causing the combined visible-lightemissions [1366], [1368] to generate a down-lighting pattern being: wallgraze, table with wall fill, wall wash left, wall wash right, doublewall wash, wall wash left plus floor, wall wash right plus floor, room,or batwing. Also in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, thecontroller may be configured for selection among a plurality ofdifferent pre-programmed combinations of the intensities for thevisible-light emissions [1324], [1326], the additional visible-lightemissions [1342], [1344], the further visible-light emissions [1360],[1362] and the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363]. Further inthose examples [1300] of the lighting system, the controller may beconfigured for adjusting, over a selectable time period, the intensitiesfor the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326], the additionalvisible-light emissions [1342], [1344], the further visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362] and the other visible-light emissions [1361],[1363] from a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations toanother one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.Additionally in those examples [1300], the lighting system may furtherinclude an ambient light sensor (not shown); and the controller may beconfigured, in response to the ambient light sensor, for adjusting theintensities for the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326], theadditional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344], the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362], and the other visible-lightemissions [1361], [1363].

In other examples [1300], the lighting system may include a controller(not shown) for the visible-light source [1318] being configured forcausing the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326] to have a selectableperceived color point; and may include another controller (not shown)for the another visible-light source [1336] being configured for causingthe additional visible-light emissions [1342], [1344] to have anotherselectable perceived color point; and may include a further controller(not shown) for the further visible-light source [1354] being configuredfor causing the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362] to have afurther selectable perceived color point; and may include an additionalcontroller (not shown) for the additional visible-light source [1355]being configured for causing the other visible-light emissions [1361],[1363] to have an additional selectable perceived color point. Furtherin those examples [1300] of the lighting system, the controller may beconfigured for causing the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326] tohave a selectable and adjustable intensity; and the another controllermay be configured for causing the additional visible-light emissions[1342], [1344] to have another selectable and adjustable intensity; andthe further controller may be configured for causing the furthervisible-light emissions [1360], [1362] to have a further selectable andadjustable intensity; and the additional controller may be configuredfor causing the other visible-light emissions [1361], [1363] to have anadditional selectable and adjustable intensity. In those examples [1300]of the lighting system, the controller and the another controller andthe further controller and the additional controller may be collectivelyconfigured for causing the combined visible-light emissions [1366],[1368] to generate a down-lighting pattern being: wall graze, table withwall fill, wall wash left, wall wash right, double wall wash, wall washleft plus floor, wall wash right plus floor, room, or batwing.Additionally in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, thecontroller and the another controller and the further controller and theadditional controller may be collectively configured for selection amonga plurality of different pre-programmed combinations of the intensitiesfor the visible-light emissions [1324], [1326], the additionalvisible-light emissions [1342], [1344], the further visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362]; and the other visible-light emissions [1361],[1363]. Further in those examples [1300] of the lighting system, thecontroller and the another controller and the further controller and theadditional controller may be collectively configured for adjusting, overa selectable time period, the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [1324], [1326], the additional visible-light emissions [1342],[1344], the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362], and theother visible-light emissions [1361], [1363], from a one of theplurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one of the pluralityof pre-programmed combinations. In those examples [1300], the lightingsystem may also include an ambient light sensor; and the controller andthe another controller and the further controller and the additionalcontroller may be collectively configured, in response to the ambientlight sensor, for adjusting the intensities for the visible-lightemissions [1324], [1326], the additional visible-light emissions [1342],[1344], and the further visible-light emissions [1360], [1362], and theother visible-light emissions [1361], [1363].

In other examples [1300], the lighting system may further include anauxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel [1303] and another auxiliaryedge-lit lightguide panel [1305]. In those other examples [1300] of thelighting system, the auxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel [1303] may beextended along the longitudinal axis [1308]. Further in those otherexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the auxiliary edge-litlightguide panel [1303] may have an auxiliary pair of mutually-opposingpanel surfaces [1309], [1311]; and the auxiliary edge-lit lightguidepanel [1303] may have an auxiliary peripheral edge [1313] being extendedalong and spaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis [1308]Also in those other examples [1300] of the lighting system, a one [1309]of the auxiliary pair of panel surfaces may form an auxiliary lightoutput interface [1315]. Additionally in those other examples [1300],the lighting system may have an auxiliary visible-light source [1317]including an auxiliary plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[1319], [1321]. In those other examples [1300] of the lighting system,the auxiliary visible-light source [1317] may be configured forgenerating auxiliary visible-light emissions [1323], [1325] from theauxiliary plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1319],[1321]; and the auxiliary visible-light source [1317] may be locatedalong the auxiliary peripheral edge [1313] for directing the auxiliaryvisible-light emissions [1323], [1325] into the auxiliary edge-litlightguide panel [1303].

In those other examples [1300] of the lighting system, the anotherauxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel [1305] may be extended along thelongitudinal axis [1308]. Further in those other examples [1300] of thelighting system, the another auxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel [1305]may have another auxiliary pair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces[1327], [1329]; and the another auxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel[1305] may have another auxiliary peripheral edge [1331] being extendedalong and spaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis [1308].Also in those other examples [1300] of the lighting system, a one [1327]of the another auxiliary pair of panel surfaces may form anotherauxiliary light output interface [1333]. Additionally in those otherexamples [1300], the lighting system may have another auxiliaryvisible-light source [1335] including another auxiliary plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1337], [1339]. In those otherexamples [1300] of the lighting system, the another auxiliaryvisible-light source [1335] may be configured for generating additionalauxiliary visible-light emissions [1341], [1343] from the anotherauxiliary plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1337],[1339]; and the another auxiliary visible-light source [1335] may belocated along the another auxiliary peripheral edge [1331] for directingthe additional auxiliary visible-light emissions [1341], [1343] into theanother auxiliary edge-lit lightguide panel [1305].

Additionally in those other examples [1300], the first, second and thirdlight output interfaces [1316], [1334], [1348] may cooperatively definethe emission aperture [1364] for forming the combined visible-lightemissions [1360], [1362] as being down-light emissions; and theauxiliary light output interface [1315] and the another auxiliary lightoutput interface [1333] may cooperatively define another emissionaperture [1345] for forming combined visible up-light emissions [1347],[1349] including the auxiliary visible-light emissions [1323], [1325]and the additional auxiliary visible-light emissions [1341], [1343].

FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an example [1700] of a lightingcontroller. FIG. 18 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing anexample [1800] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.FIG. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 19-19showing the example [1800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 20is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 20-20 showingthe example [1800] of the lighting system together with which theexample [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 21 is aschematic top perspective view taken along the line 21 showing theexample [1800] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [1700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [1700] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, inconnection with FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Itis understood throughout this specification that each one of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized together with a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is further understood throughoutthis specification that each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of the lighting control method may be utilized together with any of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller, for controlling a lighting system [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lighting systems and the entireties ofthe discussions of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300]of the lighting controller and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methods are herebyincorporated into the following discussions of the example [1700] of animplementation of the lighting controller and of the example [1800] ofthe lighting system.

As shown in FIGS. 17-21, the example [1700] of the implementation of thelighting controller includes a control system [1702] including a firstcontrol facility [1704] and a second control facility [1706]. In theexample [1700] of the lighting controller, the first control facility[1704] is for controlling a first visible-light source [1802] includinga first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804],[1806], [1808] being spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis[1810], the first visible-light source [1802] being positioned fordirecting a first beam [1812] of first visible-light emissions beingrepresented by arrows [1814], [1815] from the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808] in a firstbeam direction also represented by the arrows [1814], [1815]. In theexample [1700] of the lighting controller, the second control facility[1706] is for controlling a second visible-light source [1816] includinga second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818],[1820], [1822] being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis[1810], the second visible-light source [1816] being positioned fordirecting a second beam [1824] of second visible-light emissions beingrepresented by arrows [1826], [1827] from the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] in a secondbeam direction also being represented by the arrows [1826], [1827]. Inthe example [1700] of the lighting controller, the first controlfacility [1704] is programmed for controlling a first intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [1828] of the first beam [1812] of the firstvisible-light emissions [1814], [1815], and the second control facility[1706] is programmed for controlling a second intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [1830] of the second beam [1824] of the secondvisible light emissions [1826], [1827]. In the example [1700] of thelighting controller, the control system [1702] is programmed formodulating the first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and thesecond intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner forcausing the first and second beams [1812], [1824] of the first andsecond visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] tocollectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight being representedby an arrow [1832].

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may be programmed for causing the first and second beams [1812],[1824] to collectively emulate the progression [1832] of ambientsunlight by initially modulating the first intensity [1828] of the firstbeam [1812] to relatively be substantially greater than the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824], and by then graduallymodulating the second intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] torelatively become substantially greater than the first intensity [1828]of the first beam [1812]. In further examples [1700] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [1702] may be programmed for facilitatingan alignment being represented by arrows [1902], [1904] of the firstbeam [1812] towards a first boundary represented by a dashed line [B1]of an ambient space represented by a dashed box [S] and for facilitatinganother alignment being represented by arrows [1906], [1908] of thesecond beam [1824] towards a second boundary represented by a dashedline [B2] of the ambient space [S] being opposite to the first boundary[B1]. In some of those examples [1700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [1702] may be programmed for facilitating the alignment[1902], [1904] of the first beam [1812] as being towards the firstboundary [B1] of the ambient space [S] and for facilitating thealignment [1906], [1908] of the second beam [1824] as being towards thesecond boundary [B2] of the ambient space [S], with each of the firstand second beams [1812], [1824] being respectively aligned toward theboundaries [B1] and [B2] as being spaced apart from and on oppositesides of a vertical dashed line [1910] intersecting the longitudinalaxis [1810]. As additional examples [1700] of the lighting controller,the control system [1702] may include an indicator [1708] forfacilitating an alignment being represented by the arrows [1902], [1904]of the first beam [1812] towards the first boundary [B1] of the ambientspace [S] and for facilitating another alignment being represented bythe arrows [1906], [1908] of the second beam [1824] towards the secondboundary [B2] of the ambient space [S] being opposite to the firstboundary [B1]. In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [1702] may be programmed for facilitating an alignmentbeing represented by arrows [1902], [1904] of the first beam [1812]towards an Eastward direction being represented by an arrow [1912] andfor facilitating another alignment being represented by arrows [1906],[1908] of the second beam [1824] towards a Westward direction beingrepresented by an arrow [1914]. In further examples [1700] of thelighting controller, the control system [1702] may provide the indicator[1708] as being for facilitating an alignment being represented byarrows [1902], [1904] of the first beam [1804] towards an Eastwarddirection being represented by the arrow [1912] and for facilitatinganother alignment being represented by the arrows [1906], [1908] of thesecond beam [1824] towards a Westward direction being represented by thearrow [1914].

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may regulate a distribution of a variable power input to: thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806],[1808] of the first visible-light source [1802] for controlling theintensity [1828] of the first visible-light emissions [1814], [1815];and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818],[1820], [1822] of the second visible-light source [1816] for controllingthe intensity [1812] of the second visible-light emissions [1826],[1827].

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [1828] ofthe first beam [1812] and the second intensity [1830] of the second beam[1824] in a manner for causing the first and second beams [1812], [1824]of the first and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826],[1827] to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight[1832]: through a portion of a cycle extending from sunrise beingrepresented by a line [1834] to sunset being represented by a line[1836]; or through a period beginning before sunrise; or through aperiod ending after sunset; or through a period both beginning beforesunrise and ending after sunset. In some examples [1700] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [1702] may be programmed for modulatingthe first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner for causing thefirst and second beams [1812], [1824] of the first and secondvisible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight [1832] throughout the cycleextending from sunrise being represented by the line [1834] to sunsetbeing represented by the line [1836]. In further examples [1700] of thelighting controller, the control system [1702] may be programmed formodulating the first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and thesecond intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner forcausing the first and second beams [1812], [1824] of the first andsecond visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] tocollectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight [1832] when a local sunrise occurs as represented by the line[1834] and to collectively conclude the emulation when a correspondinglocal sunset occurs as represented by the line [1836]. In some of thoseexamples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system [1702]may include an ambient light sensor [1710] being programmed for sensingan occurrence of the local sunrise [1834] or an occurrence of the localsunset [1836]. In other examples [1700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [1702] may include a programmable user interface [1712]enabling an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise time [1834] and asimulated sunset time [1836]. In further examples [1700] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [1702] may be programmed for modulatingthe first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] with a maximum ratio, of thefirst intensity [1828] divided by the second intensity [1830], or of thesecond intensity [1830] divided by the first intensity [1828], being atleast about 10:1. In additional examples [1700] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [1702] may be programmed for modulatingthe first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] with a maximum ratio, of thefirst intensity [1828] divided by the second intensity [1830], or of thesecond intensity [1830] divided by the first intensity [1828], being atleast about 100:1.

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [1828] ofthe first beam [1812] in a first range, and for modulating the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a second range, in amanner for causing the first and second beams [1812], [1824] of thefirst and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight [1832]. Infurther examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may be programmed for controlling the first beam [1812] of thefirst visible-light emissions [1814], [1815] as having a first baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [1838] and for controlling thesecond beam [1824] of the second visible-light emissions [1826], [1827]as having a second baseline intensity being represented by an arrow[1840]; and the control system [1702] may be programmed for modulatingthe first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] in a first range[1842] being additive to the first baseline intensity [1838] and formodulating the second intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in asecond range [1844] being additive to the second baseline intensity[1840], in the manner for causing the first and second beams [1812],[1824] of the first and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815],[1826], [1827] to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight [1832].

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may regulate a distribution of a variable baseline power inputto: the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804],[1806], [1808] of the first visible-light source [1802] for controllingthe baseline intensity [1838] of the first visible-light emissions[1814], [1815]; and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1818], [1820], [1822] of the second visible-light source [1816]for controlling the baseline intensity [1840] of the secondvisible-light emissions [1826], [1827]. Further in those examples [1700]of the lighting controller, the control system [1702] may regulate adistribution of a variable additive power input to: the first pluralityof semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808] of thefirst visible-light source [1802] for controlling the additive intensity[1842] of the first visible-light emissions [1814], [1815]; and thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820],[1822] of the second visible-light source [1816] for controlling theadditive intensity [1844] of the second visible-light emissions [1826],[1827].

In some examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may include the first control facility [1704] being coupled asrepresented by a dashed line [1714] with the first visible-light source[1802] for controlling the first intensity [1828] of the first beam[1812] of the first visible-light emissions [1814], [1815]; and thecontrol system [1702] may further include the second control facility[1706] being coupled as represented by a dashed line [1716] with thesecond visible-light source [1816] for controlling the second intensity[1830] of the second beam [1824] of the second visible-light emissions[1826], [1827].

In other examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may include the first control facility [1704] as being forcontrolling the first visible-light source [1802] with the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808]being collectively configured for generating the first visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815] as having a selectable first perceived colorpoint [1812]; and the control system [1702] may include the secondcontrol facility [1706] as being for controlling the secondvisible-light source [1816] with the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] being collectivelyconfigured for generating the second visible-light emissions [1826],[1827] as having a selectable second perceived color point [1824].

In further examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [1702] may include the first control facility [1704] as being forcontrolling the first visible-light source [1802] with the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808]being collectively configured for generating the first visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815] as having a selectable first perceived colorpoint [1812], wherein a plurality of individual ones among the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808]may each emit visible-light having a different color point. Additionallyin those examples [1700] of the lighting controller, the control system[1702] may include the second control facility [1706] as being forcontrolling the second visible-light source [1816] with the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822]being collectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions [1826], [1827] as having a selectable second perceived colorpoint [1824], wherein a plurality of individual ones among the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822]may each emit visible-light having a different color point.

FIGS. 17-21 also illustrate an example [1800] of an implementation of alighting system. In some examples, the lighting system [1800] mayinclude: the first visible-light source [1802]; and the secondvisible-light source [1816]; and the example [1700] of the lightingcontroller. In the example [1800] of the lighting system, the lightingcontroller [1700] may include the control system [1702]. Further in theexample [1800] of the lighting system, the control system [1702] mayinclude the first control facility [1704] and the second controlfacility [1706]. Additionally in the example [1800] of the lightingsystem, the first control facility [1704] may be coupled as representedby a dashed line [1714] with the first visible-light source [1802] forcontrolling the first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] of thefirst visible-light emissions [1814], [1815]. Further in the example[1800] of the lighting system, the second control facility [1706] may becoupled as represented by a dashed line [1716] with the secondvisible-light source [1816] for controlling the second intensity [1830]of the second beam [1824] of the second visible-light emissions [1826],[1827]. In the example [1800] of the lighting system, the first controlfacility [1704] may be for controlling the first visible-light source[1802] as including a first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1804], [1806], [1808] being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis [1810], the first visible-light source [1802] beingpositioned for directing a first beam [1812] of first visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [1814], [1815] from the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808]in a first beam direction also represented by the arrows [1814], [1815].In the example [1800] of the lighting system, the second controlfacility [1706] may be for controlling a second visible-light source[1816] including a second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [1818], [1820], [1822] being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis [1810], the second visible-light source [1816] beingpositioned for directing a second beam [1824] of second visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [1826], [1827] from the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822]in a second beam direction also being represented by the arrows [1826],[1827]. In some examples [1800] of the lighting system, the firstvisible-light source [1802] may include the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808] as beingarranged in a first string as shown in FIG. 18; and the secondvisible-light source [1816] may include the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] as beingarranged in a second string also shown in FIG. 18; and the first andsecond strings may generally be mutually parallel. In other examples[1800] of the lighting system (not shown), the first and second stringsmay generally oriented as not being mutually parallel.

In the example [1800] of the lighting system, the first control facility[1704] may be programmed for controlling a first intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [1828] of the first beam [1812] of the firstvisible-light emissions [1814], [1815], and the second control facility[1706] may be programmed for controlling a second intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [1830] of the second beam [1824] of the secondvisible light emissions [1826], [1827]. In the example [1800] of thelighting system, the control system [1702] may be programmed formodulating the first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and thesecond intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner forcausing the first and second beams [1812], [1824] of the first andsecond visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] tocollectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight being representedby an arrow [1832].

FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an example [2200] of a lightingcontroller. FIG. 23 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing anexample [2300] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized.FIG. 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 24-24showing the example [2300] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 25is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 25-25 showingthe example [2300] of the lighting system together with which theexample [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 26 is aschematic top perspective view taken along the line 26 showing theexample [2300] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [2200] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [2200] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, inconnection with FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Itis understood throughout this specification that each one of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized together with a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is further understood throughoutthis specification that each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of the lighting control method may be utilized together with any of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller, for controlling a lighting system [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lighting systems and the entireties ofthe discussions of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300]of the lighting controller and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methods are herebyincorporated into the following discussions of the example [2200] of animplementation of the lighting controller and of the example [2300] ofthe lighting system.

As shown in FIGS. 22-26, the example [2200] of the implementation of thelighting controller includes a control system [2202] including a firstcontrol facility [2204] and a second control facility [2206] and a thirdcontrol facility [2207]. In the example [2200] of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility [2204] is for controlling a firstvisible-light source [2302] including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308] being spaced apart fromand along a longitudinal axis [2310], the first visible-light source[2302] being positioned for directing a first beam [2312] of firstvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2314], [2315] fromthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304],[2306], [2308] in a first beam direction also represented by the arrows[2314], [2315]. In the example [2200] of the lighting controller, thesecond control facility [2206] is for controlling a second visible-lightsource [2316] including a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2310], the second visible-light source[2316] being positioned for directing a second beam [2324] of secondvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2326], [2327] fromthe second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2318],[2320], [2322] in a second beam direction also being represented by thearrows [2326], [2327]. In the example [2200] of the lighting controller,the third control facility [2207] is for controlling a thirdvisible-light source [2317] including a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2310], the third visible-light source[2317] being positioned for directing a third beam [2325] of thirdvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2329], [2331] fromthe third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319],[2321], [2323] in a third beam direction also being represented by thearrows [2329], [2331]. In the example [2200] of the lighting controller,the first control facility [2204] is programmed for controlling a firstintensity being represented by an arrow [2328] of the first beam [2312]of the first visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], and the secondcontrol facility [2206] is programmed for controlling a second intensitybeing represented by an arrow [2330] of the second beam [2324] of thesecond visible light emissions [2326], [2327]; and the third controlfacility [2207] is programmed for controlling a third intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2333] of the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible light emissions [2329], [2331]. In the example [2200] of thelighting controller, the control system [2202] is programmed formodulating the first intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and thesecond intensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] and the thirdintensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327],[2329], [2331] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2332].

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may be programmed for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2312], [2324], [2325] to collectively emulate the progression[2332] of ambient sunlight by initially modulating the first intensity[2328] of the first beam [2312] to relatively be substantially greaterthan the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] whilemodulating the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] torelatively be substantially greater than the second intensity [2330] ofthe second beam [2324], and by then gradually modulating the secondintensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the third intensity [2333] of the third beam[2325] while gradually modulating the third intensity [2333] of thethird beam [2325] to relatively become substantially greater than thefirst intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312]. In other examples[2200] of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may beprogrammed for causing two of the beams among the first and second andthird beams [2312], [2324], [2325] to together emulate the progression[2332] of ambient sunlight by initially modulating an intensity [2328],[2330], [2333] of a one of the beams [2312], [2324], [2325] torelatively be substantially greater than another intensity[2328],[2330], [2333] of another one of the beams [2312], [2324], [2325], andby then gradually modulating the another intensity [2328], [2330],[2333] of the another one of the beams [2312], [2324], [2325] torelatively become substantially greater than the intensity [2328],[2330], [2333] of the one of the beams [2312], [2324], [2325].

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may regulate a distribution of a variable power input to: thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306],[2308] of the first visible-light source [2302] for controlling theintensity [2328] of the first visible-light emissions [2314], [2315];and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2318],[2320], [2322] of the second visible-light source [2316] for controllingthe intensity [2330] of the second visible-light emissions [2326],[2327]; and the third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[2319], [2321], [2323] of the third visible-light source [2317] forcontrolling the intensity [2333] of the third visible-light emissions[2329], [2331].

In other examples [2200] of the lighting controller, a one of thecontrol facilities [2204], [2206], [2207] may be omitted; and acorresponding one of the visible-light sources [2302], [2316], [2317]may likewise be omitted. In further examples [2200] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [2202] may include one or more controlfacilities (not shown) in addition to the first control facility [2204]and the second control facility [2206] and the third control facility[2207]; and one or more visible-light sources in addition to the firstvisible-light source [2302] and the second visible-light source [2316]and the third visible-light source [2317] may be provided.

In further examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2202] may be programmed for facilitating an alignment beingrepresented by arrows [2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312] towards afirst boundary represented by a dashed line [B1] of an ambient spacerepresented by a dashed box [S] and for facilitating another alignmentbeing represented by arrows [2406], [2408] of the second beam [2324]towards a second boundary represented by a dashed line [B2] of theambient space [S] being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In some ofthose examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may be programmed for facilitating the alignment [2402], [2404]of the first beam [2312] as being towards the first boundary [B1] of theambient space [S] and for facilitating the alignment [2406], [2408] ofthe second beam [2324] as being towards the second boundary [B2] of theambient space [S], with each of the first and second beams [2312],[2324] being respectively aligned toward the boundaries [B1] and [B2] asbeing spaced apart from and on opposite sides of a vertical dashed line[2410] intersecting the longitudinal axis [2310]. In further examples[2200] of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may beprogrammed for facilitating an alignment being represented by arrows[2411], [2413] of the third beam [2325] being along the vertical dashedline [2410] or being in another direction between the alignment [2402],[2404] and the alignment [2406], [2408]. As additional examples [2200]of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may include anindicator [2208] for facilitating an alignment being represented by thearrows [2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312] towards the firstboundary [B1] of the ambient space [S] and for facilitating anotheralignment being represented by the arrows [2406], [2408] of the secondbeam [2324] towards the second boundary [B2] of the ambient space [S]being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In some examples [2200] ofthe lighting controller, the control system [2202] may be programmed forfacilitating an alignment being represented by arrows [2402], [2404] ofthe first beam [2312] towards an Eastward direction being represented byan arrow [2412] and for facilitating another alignment being representedby arrows [2406], [2408] of the second beam [2324] towards a Westwarddirection being represented by an arrow [2414]. In further examples[2200] of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may providethe indicator [2208] as being for facilitating an alignment beingrepresented by arrows [2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312] towards anEastward direction being represented by the arrow [2412] and forfacilitating another alignment being represented by arrows [2406],[2408] of the second beam [2324] towards a Westward direction beingrepresented by the arrow [2414].

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2328] ofthe first beam [2312] and the second intensity [2330] of the second beam[2324] and the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in amanner for causing the first and second and third beams [2312], [2324],[2325] of the first and second and third visible-light emissions [2314],[2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331] to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight [2332] through a portion of a cycleextending from sunrise being represented by a line [2334] to sunsetbeing represented by a line [2336]; or through a period beginning beforesunrise; or through a period ending after sunset; or through a periodboth beginning before sunrise and ending after sunset. In some examples[2200] of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity [2328] of the first beam[2312] and the second intensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] and thethird intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a manner for causingthe first and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326],[2327], [2329], [2331] to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight [2332] throughout the cycle extending from sunrisebeing represented by the line [2334] to sunset being represented by theline [2336]. In further examples [2200] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2202] may be programmed for modulating the firstintensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] and the third intensity [2333] of thethird beam [2325] in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331]to collectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight [2332] when a local sunrise occurs as represented by the line[2334] and to collectively conclude the emulation when a correspondinglocal sunset occurs as represented by the line [2336]. In some of thoseexamples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system [2202]may include an ambient light sensor [2210] being programmed for sensingan occurrence of the local sunrise [2334] or an occurrence of the localsunset [2336]. In other examples [2200] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2202] may include a programmable user interface [2212]enabling an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise time [2334] and asimulated sunset time [2336].

In further examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity[2328] of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity [2330] of thesecond beam [2324] with a maximum ratio of the first intensity [2328]divided by the second intensity [2330] or of the second intensity [2330]divided by the first intensity [2328] being at least about 10:1. Inadditional examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity[2328] of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity [2330] of thesecond beam [2324] with a maximum ratio of the first intensity [2328]divided by the second intensity [2330] or of the second intensity [2330]divided by the first intensity [2328] being at least about 100:1. Alsoin these examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2220] may be programmed for modulating the third intensity [2333] ofthe third beam [2325] as being in between the first intensity [2328] andthe second intensity [2330].

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2328] ofthe first beam [2312] in a first range, and for modulating the secondintensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] in a second range, and formodulating the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in athird range, in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight [2332]. Infurther examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may be programmed for controlling the first beam [2312] of thefirst visible-light emissions [2314], [2315] as having a first baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [2338] and for controlling thesecond beam [2324] of the second visible-light emissions [2326], [2327]as having a second baseline intensity being represented by an arrow[2340] and for controlling the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331] as having a third baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [2341]; and the control system[2202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2328] ofthe first beam [2312] in a first range [2342] being additive to thefirst baseline intensity [2338] and for modulating the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] in a second range [2344] being additiveto the second baseline intensity [2340] and for modulating the thirdintensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a third range [2343] beingadditive to the third baseline intensity [2341], in the manner forcausing the first and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] ofthe first and second and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315],[2326], [2327], [2329], [2331] to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight [2332]. In additional examples [2200] of thelighting controller, the control system [2202] may be programmed forcontrolling the first baseline intensity [2338] and the second baselineintensity [2340] and the third baseline intensity [2341] for causing thefirst beam [2312] and the second beam [2324] and the third beam [2325]to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and secondand third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327],[2329], [2331]. As examples [2200] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2202] may be programmed for selection among a pluralityof different pre-programmed combinations of the baseline intensities[2338], [2340], [2341] for the first visible-light emissions [2314],[2315], the second visible-light emissions [2326], [2327], and the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331]. In some of those examples [2200]of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may be programmedfor controlling the first baseline intensity [2338] and the secondbaseline intensity [2340] and the third baseline intensity [2341] forcausing the first beam [2312] and the second beam [2324] and the thirdbeam [2325] to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326],[2327], [2329], [2331] being: center wall graze; table with wall-fill;wall wash right; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall wash right plusfloor; wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing. In examples [2200]of the lighting controller, the control system [2202] may cause thefirst beam [2312] and the second beam [2324] and the third beam [2325]to respectively have the following baseline intensities[2338]/[2340]/[2341] collectively constituting one hundred percent of avariable baseline power input of the control system [2202] in order toform the following pre-set baseline patterns of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329],[2331]: center wall graze [0/100/0]; table with wall-fill [17/66/17];wall wash right [0/0/100]; wall wash left [100/0/0]; double wall wash[50/0/50]; wall wash right plus floor [0/33/67]; wall wash left plusfloor [67/33/0]; low-glare room lighter [33/34/33]; or low glarequasi-batwing [40/20/40].

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may regulate a distribution of a variable baseline power inputto: the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304],[2306], [2308] of the first visible-light source [2302] for controllingthe baseline intensity [2338] of the first visible-light emissions[2314], [2315]; and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2318], [2320], [2322] of the second visible-light source [2316]for controlling the baseline intensity [2340] of the secondvisible-light emissions [2326], [2327]; and the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323] of the thirdvisible-light source [2317] for controlling the baseline intensity[2341] of the third visible-light emissions [2329], [2331]. Further inthose examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may regulate a distribution of a variable additive power inputto: the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304],[2306], [2308] of the first visible-light source [2302] for controllingthe additive intensity [2342] of the first visible-light emissions[2314], [2315]; and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2318], [2320], [2322] of the second visible-light source [2316]for controlling the additive intensity [2344] of the secondvisible-light emissions [2326], [2327]; and the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323] of the thirdvisible-light source [2317] for controlling the additive intensity[2343] of the third visible-light emissions [2329], [2331].

In further examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2202] may be programmed for transitioning, over a selectabletime period, the baseline intensities [2338], [2340], [2341] for thefirst visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], the second visible-lightemissions [2326], [2327], and the third visible-light emissions [2329],[2331] from a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations toanother one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.

In some examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may include the first control facility [2204] being coupled asrepresented by a dashed line [2214] with the first visible-light source[2302] for controlling the first intensity [2328] of the first beam[2312] of the first visible-light emissions [2314], [2315]; and thecontrol system [2202] may further include the second control facility[2206] being coupled as represented by a dashed line [2216] with thesecond visible-light source [2316] for controlling the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] of the second visible-light emissions[2326], [2327]; and the control system [2202] may further include thethird control facility [2207] being coupled as represented by a dashedline [2218] with the third visible-light source [2317] for controllingthe third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331].

In other examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may include the first control facility [2204] as being forcontrolling the first visible-light source [2302] with the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308]being collectively configured for generating the first visible-lightemissions [2314], [2315] as having a selectable first perceived colorpoint [2312]; and the control system [2202] may include the secondcontrol facility [2206] as being for controlling the secondvisible-light source [2316] with the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] being collectivelyconfigured for generating the second visible-light emissions [2326],[2327] as having a selectable second perceived color point [2324]; andthe control system [2202] may include the third control facility [2207]as being for controlling the third visible-light source [2317] with thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321],[2323] being collectively configured for generating the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331] as having a selectable thirdperceived color point [2325].

In further examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2202] may include the first control facility [2204] as being forcontrolling the first visible-light source [2302] with the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308]being collectively configured for generating the first visible-lightemissions [2314], [2315] as having a selectable first perceived colorpoint [2312], wherein a plurality of individual ones among the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308]may each emit visible-light having a different color point. Additionallyin those examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may include the second control facility [2206] as being forcontrolling the second visible-light source [2316] with the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322]being collectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions [2326], [2327] as having a selectable second perceived colorpoint [2324], wherein a plurality of individual ones among the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322]may each emit visible-light having a different color point. Further inthose examples [2200] of the lighting controller, the control system[2202] may include the third control facility [2207] as being forcontrolling the third visible-light source [2317] with the thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323]being collectively configured for generating the third visible-lightemissions [2329], [2331] as having a selectable third perceived colorpoint [2325], wherein a plurality of individual ones among the thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323]may each emit visible-light having a different color point.

FIGS. 22-26 further illustrate an example [2300] of an implementation ofa lighting system. In some examples, the lighting system [2300] mayinclude: the first visible-light source [2302]; and the secondvisible-light source [2316]; and the third visible-light source [2317];and the example [2200] of the lighting controller. In the example [2300]of the lighting system, the lighting controller [2200] may include thecontrol system [2202]. Further in the example [2300] of the lightingsystem, the control system [2202] may include the first control facility[2204] and the second control facility [2206] and the third controlfacility [2207]. Additionally in the example [2300] of the lightingsystem, the first control facility [2204] may be coupled as representedby a dashed line [2214] with the first visible-light source [2302] forcontrolling the first intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] of thefirst visible-light emissions [2314], [2315]. Further in the example[2300] of the lighting system, the second control facility [2206] may becoupled as represented by a dashed line [2216] with the secondvisible-light source [2316] for controlling the second intensity [2330]of the second beam [2324] of the second visible-light emissions [2326],[2327]. Additionally in the example [2300] of the lighting system, thethird control facility [2207] may be coupled as represented by a dashedline [2218] with the third visible-light source [2317] for controllingthe third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331]. In the example [2300] of thelighting system, the first control facility [2204] may be forcontrolling the first visible-light source [2302] as including a firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308]being spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis [2310], the firstvisible-light source [2302] being positioned for directing a first beam[2312] of first visible-light emissions being represented by arrows[2314], [2315] from the first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2304], [2306], [2308] in a first beam direction alsorepresented by the arrows [2314], [2315]. In the example [2300] of thelighting system, the second control facility [2206] may be forcontrolling a second visible-light source [2316] including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322]being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis [2310], thesecond visible-light source [2316] being positioned for directing asecond beam [2324] of second visible-light emissions being representedby arrows [2326], [2327] from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] in a second beam directionalso being represented by the arrows [2326], [2327]. In the example[2300] of the lighting system, the third control facility [2207] may befor controlling a third visible-light source [2317] including a thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323]being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis [2310], thethird visible-light source [2317] being positioned for directing a thirdbeam [2325] of third visible-light emissions being represented by arrows[2329], [2331] from the third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2319], [2321], [2323] in a third beam direction also beingrepresented by the arrows [2329], [2331]. In some examples [2300] of thelighting system, the first visible-light source [2302] may include thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306],[2308] as being arranged in a first string as shown in FIG. 23; and thesecond visible-light source [2316] may include the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] as beingarranged in a second string also shown in FIG. 23; and the thirdvisible-light source [2317] may include the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323] as beingarranged in a third string also shown in FIG. 23; and the first andsecond and third strings may generally be mutually parallel. In otherexamples [2300] of the lighting system (not shown), the first and secondand third strings may generally oriented as not being mutually parallel.

In the example [2300] of the lighting system, the first control facility[2204] may be programmed for controlling a first intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2328] of the first beam [2312] of the firstvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315], and the second control facility[2206] may be programmed for controlling a second intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2330] of the second beam [2324] of the secondvisible light emissions [2326], [2327] and the third control facility[2207] may be programmed for controlling a third intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2333] of the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible light emissions [2329], [2331]. In the example [2300] of thelighting system, the control system [2202] may be programmed formodulating the first intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and thesecond intensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] and the thirdintensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327],[2329], [2331] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2332].

FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example [2700] of a lightingcontroller. FIG. 28 is a schematic bottom perspective view showing anexample [2800] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 29-29showing the example [2800] of the lighting system together with whichthe example [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 30is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line 30-30 showingthe example [2800] of the lighting system together with which theexample [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized. FIG. 31 is aschematic top perspective view taken along the line 31 showing theexample [2800] of an implementation of a lighting system together withwhich the example [2700] of the lighting controller may be utilized.

Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [2700] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, inconnection with FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. Itis understood throughout this specification that each one of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller may be utilized together with a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is further understood throughoutthis specification that each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of the lighting control method may be utilized together with any of theexamples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lightingcontroller, for controlling a lighting system [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lighting systems and the entireties ofthe discussions of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300]of the lighting controller and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methods are herebyincorporated into the following discussions of the example [2700] of animplementation of the lighting controller and of the example [2800] ofthe lighting system.

As shown in FIGS. 27-31, the example [2700] of the implementation of thelighting controller includes a control system [2702] including a firstcontrol facility [2704] and a second control facility [2706] and a thirdcontrol facility [2707]. In the example [2700] of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility [2704] is for controlling a firstvisible-light source [2802] including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2804], [2806], [2808] being spaced apart fromand along a longitudinal axis [2810], the first visible-light source[2802] being positioned for directing a first beam [2812] of firstvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2814], [2815] fromthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804],[2806], [2808] in a first beam direction also represented by the arrows[2814], [2815]. In the example [2700] of the lighting controller, thesecond control facility [2706] is for controlling a second visible-lightsource [2816] including a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2818], [2820], [2822] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810], the second visible-light source[2816] being positioned for directing a second beam [2824] of secondvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2826], [2827] fromthe second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2818],[2820], [2822] in a second beam direction also being represented by thearrows [2826], [2827]. In the example [2700] of the lighting controller,the third control facility [2707] is for controlling a thirdvisible-light source [2817] including a third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2823] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810], the third visible-light source[2817] being positioned for directing a third beam [2825] of thirdvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2829], [2831] fromthe third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2819],[2821], [2823] in a third beam direction also being represented by thearrows [2829], [2831]. In the example [2700] of the lighting controller,the first control facility [2704] is programmed for controlling a firstintensity being represented by an arrow [2828] of the first beam [2812]of the first visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], and the secondcontrol facility [2706] is programmed for controlling a second intensitybeing represented by an arrow [2830] of the second beam [2824] of thesecond visible light emissions [2826], [2827]; and the third controlfacility [2707] is programmed for controlling a third intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2833] of the third beam [2825] of the thirdvisible light emissions [2829], [2831]. In the example [2700] of thelighting controller, the control system [2702] is programmed formodulating the first intensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] and thesecond intensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] and the thirdintensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827],[2829], [2831] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2832].

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may be programmed for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2812], [2824], [2825] to collectively emulate the progression[2832] of ambient sunlight by initially modulating the first intensity[2828] of the first beam [2812] to relatively be substantially greaterthan the third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] whilemodulating the third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] torelatively be substantially greater than the second intensity [2830] ofthe second beam [2824], and by then gradually modulating the secondintensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the third intensity [2833] of the third beam[2825] while gradually modulating the third intensity [2833] of thethird beam [2825] to relatively become substantially greater than thefirst intensity [2828] of the first beam [2812]. In other examples[2700] of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may beprogrammed for causing two of the beams [2812], [2824], [2825] among thefirst and second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] to togetheremulate the progression [2832] of ambient sunlight by initiallymodulating an intensity [2828], [2830], [2833] of a one of the beams[2812], [2824], [2825] to relatively be substantially greater thananother intensity [2828], [2830], [2833] of another one of the beams[2812], [2824], [2825], and by then gradually modulating the anotherintensity [2828], [2830], [2833] of the another one of the beams [2812],[2824], [2825] to relatively become substantially greater than theintensity [2828], [2830], [2833] of the one of the beams [2812], [2824],[2825].

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may regulate a distribution of a variable power input to: thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804], [2806],[2808] of the first visible-light source [2802] for controlling theintensity [2828] of the first visible-light emissions [2814], [2815];and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2818],[2820], [2822] of the second visible-light source [2816] for controllingthe intensity [2830] of the second visible-light emissions [2826],[2827]; and the third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[2819], [2821], [2823] of the third visible-light source [2817] forcontrolling the intensity [2833] of the third visible-light emissions[2829], [2831].

In other examples [2700] of the lighting controller, a one of thecontrol facilities [2704], [2706], [2707] may be omitted; and acorresponding one of the visible-light sources [2802], [2816], [2817]may likewise be omitted. In further examples [2700] of the lightingcontroller, the control system [2702] may include one or more controlfacilities (not shown) in addition to the first control facility [2704]and the second control facility [2706] and the third control facility[2707]; and one or more visible-light sources in addition to the firstvisible-light source [2802] and the second visible-light source [2816]and the third visible-light source [2817] may be provided.

In further examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2702] may be programmed for facilitating an alignment beingrepresented by arrows [2902], [2904] of the first beam [2812] towards afirst boundary represented by a dashed line [B1] of an ambient spacerepresented by a dashed box [S] and for facilitating another alignmentbeing represented by arrows [2906], [2908] of the second beam [2824]towards a second boundary represented by a dashed line [B2] of theambient space [S] being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In some ofthose examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may be programmed for facilitating the alignment [2902], [2904]of the first beam [2812] as being towards the first boundary [B1] of theambient space [S] and for facilitating the alignment [2906], [2908] ofthe second beam [2824] as being towards the second boundary [B2] of theambient space [S], with each of the first and second beams [2812],[2824] being respectively aligned toward the boundaries [B1] and [B2] asbeing spaced apart from and on opposite sides of a vertical dashed line[2910] intersecting the longitudinal axis [2810]. In further examples[2700] of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may beprogrammed for facilitating an alignment being represented by arrows[2911], [2913] of the third beam [2825] being along the vertical dashedline [2910] or being in another direction between the alignment [2902],[2904] and the alignment [2906], [2908]. As additional examples [2700]of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may include anindicator [2708] for facilitating an alignment being represented by thearrows [2902], [2904] of the first beam [2812] towards the firstboundary [B1] of the ambient space [S] and for facilitating anotheralignment being represented by the arrows [2906], [2908] of the secondbeam [2824] towards the second boundary [B2] of the ambient space [S]being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In some examples [2700] ofthe lighting controller, the control system [2702] may be programmed forfacilitating an alignment being represented by arrows [2902], [2904] ofthe first beam [2812] towards an Eastward direction being represented byan arrow [2912] and for facilitating another alignment being representedby arrows [2906], [2908] of the second beam [2824] towards a Westwarddirection being represented by an arrow [2914]. In further examples[2700] of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may providethe indicator [2708] as being for facilitating an alignment beingrepresented by arrows [2902], [2904] of the first beam [2812] towards anEastward direction being represented by the arrow [2912] and forfacilitating another alignment being represented by arrows [2906],[2908] of the second beam [2824] towards a Westward direction beingrepresented by the arrow [2914].

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2828] ofthe first beam [2812] and the second intensity [2830] of the second beam[2824] and the third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in amanner for causing the first and second and third beams [2812], [2824],[2825] of the first and second and third visible-light emissions [2814],[2815], [2826], [2827], [2829], [2831] to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight [2832] through a portion of a cycleextending from sunrise being represented by a line [2834] to sunsetbeing represented by a line [2836]; or through a period beginning beforesunrise; or through a period ending after sunset; or through a periodboth beginning before sunrise and ending after sunset. In some examples[2700] of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity [2828] of the first beam[2812] and the second intensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] and thethird intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in a manner for causingthe first and second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826],[2827], [2829], [2831] to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight [2832] throughout the cycle extending from sunrisebeing represented by the line [2834] to sunset being represented by theline [2836]. In further examples [2700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2702] may be programmed for modulating the firstintensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] and the second intensity[2830] of the second beam [2824] and the third intensity [2833] of thethird beam [2825] in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827], [2829], [2831]to collectively initiate an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight [2832] when a local sunrise occurs as represented by the line[2834] and to collectively conclude the emulation when a correspondinglocal sunset occurs as represented by the line [2836]. In some of thoseexamples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system [2702]may include an ambient light sensor [2710] being programmed for sensingan occurrence of the local sunrise [2834] or an occurrence of the localsunset [2836]. In other examples [2700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2702] may include a programmable user interface [2712]enabling an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise time [2834] and asimulated sunset time [2836].

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2828] ofthe first beam [2812] in a first range, and for modulating the secondintensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] in a second range, and formodulating the third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in athird range, in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827], [2829], [2831]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight [2832]. Infurther examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may be programmed for controlling the first beam [2812] of thefirst visible-light emissions [2814], [2815] as having a first baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [2838] and for controlling thesecond beam [2824] of the second visible-light emissions [2826], [2827]as having a second baseline intensity being represented by an arrow[2840] and for controlling the third beam [2825] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2829], [2831] as having a third baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [2841]; and the control system[2702] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity [2828] ofthe first beam [2812] in a first range [2842] being additive to thefirst baseline intensity [2838] and for modulating the second intensity[2830] of the second beam [2824] in a second range [2844] being additiveto the second baseline intensity [2840] and for modulating the thirdintensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in a third range [2843] beingadditive to the third baseline intensity [2841], in the manner forcausing the first and second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] ofthe first and second and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815],[2826], [2827], [2829], [2831] to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight [2832]. In additional examples [2700] of thelighting controller, the control system [2702] may be programmed forcontrolling the first baseline intensity [2838] and the second baselineintensity [2840] and the third baseline intensity [2841] for causing thefirst beam [2812] and the second beam [2824] and the third beam [2825]to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and secondand third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827],[2829], [2831]. As examples [2700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2702] may be programmed for selection among a pluralityof different pre-programmed combinations of the baseline intensities[2838], [2840], [2841] for the first visible-light emissions [2814],[2815], the second visible-light emissions [2826], [2827], and the thirdvisible-light emissions [2829], [2831]. In some of those examples [2700]of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may be programmedfor controlling the first baseline intensity [2838] and the secondbaseline intensity [2840] and the third baseline intensity [2841] forcausing the first beam [2812] and the second beam [2824] and the thirdbeam [2825] to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826],[2827], [2829], [2831] being: center wall graze; table with wall-fill;wall wash right; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall wash right plusfloor; wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing. In examples [2700]of the lighting controller, the control system [2702] may cause thefirst beam [2812] and the second beam [2824] and the third beam [2825]to respectively have the following baseline intensities[2838]/[2840]/[2841] collectively constituting one hundred percent of avariable baseline power input of the control system [2702] in order toform the following pre-set baseline patterns of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827], [2829],[2831]: center wall graze [0/100/0]; table with wall-fill [17/66/17];wall wash right [0/0/100]; wall wash left [100/0/0]; double wall wash[50/0/50]; wall wash right plus floor [0/33/67]; wall wash left plusfloor [67/33/0]; low-glare room lighter [33/34/33]; or low glarequasi-batwing [40/20/40].

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may regulate a distribution of a variable baseline power inputto: the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804],[2806], [2808] of the first visible-light source [2802] for controllingthe baseline intensity [2838] of the first visible-light emissions[2814], [2815]; and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2818], [2820], [2822] of the second visible-light source [2816]for controlling the baseline intensity [2840] of the secondvisible-light emissions [2826], [2827]; and the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2823] of the thirdvisible-light source [2817] for controlling the baseline intensity[2841] of the third visible-light emissions [2829], [2831]. Further inthose examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the control system[2702] may regulate a distribution of a variable additive power inputto: the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804],[2806], [2808] of the first visible-light source [2802] for controllingthe additive intensity [2842] of the first visible-light emissions[2814], [2815]; and the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2818], [2820], [2822] of the second visible-light source [2816]for controlling the additive intensity [2844] of the secondvisible-light emissions [2826], [2827]; and the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2823] of the thirdvisible-light source [2817] for controlling the additive intensity[2843] of the third visible-light emissions [2829], [2831].

In further examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the controlsystem [2702] may be programmed for transitioning, over a selectabletime period, the baseline intensities [2838], [2840], [2841] for thefirst visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], the second visible-lightemissions [2826], [2827], and the third visible-light emissions [2829],[2831] from a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations toanother one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.

In some examples [2700] of the lighting controller, the first beamdirection [2814], [2815] and the second beam direction [2826], [2827]and the third beam direction [2829], [2831] may be down-light beamdirections as represented by the arrows [2828], [2830], [2833]. Furtherin those examples [2700], the control system [2702] may further includea fourth control facility [2718] being coupled with a fourthvisible-light source [2916] including a fourth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2918], [3106], [3002] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Further in thoseexamples [2700] of the lighting controller, the fourth visible-lightsource [2916] may be positioned for directing a fourth beam [2920] offourth visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [3114],[3115] from the fourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[2918], [3106], [3002] in a fourth beam direction also represented bythe arrows [3114], [3115], being an up-light beam direction.Additionally in those examples [2700], the control system [2702] mayfurther include a fifth control facility [2720] being coupled with afifth visible-light source [2922] including a fifth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2924], [3120], [3006] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Further in thoseexamples [2700] of the lighting controller, the fifth visible-lightsource [2922] may be positioned for directing a fifth beam [2926] offifth visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [3126], [3127]from the fifth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2924],[3120], [3006] in a fifth beam direction also represented by the arrows[3126], [3127], being an up-light beam direction. Further in thoseexamples [2700], the control system [2702] may be programmed for causingthe fourth and fifth beams [2920], [2926] to be collectivelysynchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight [2832] byinitially modulating a fourth intensity [3128] of the fourth beam [2920]to relatively be substantially greater than a fifth intensity [3130] ofthe fifth beam [2926], and by then gradually modulating the fifthintensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920].

Further in those examples [2700], the control system [2702] mayadditionally include a sixth control facility [2722] being coupled witha sixth visible-light source [2928] including a sixth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2930], [3121], [3004] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Further in thoseexamples [2700] of the lighting controller, the sixth visible-lightsource [2928] may be positioned for directing a sixth beam [2932] ofsixth visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [3129], [3131]from the sixth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2930],[3121], [3004] in a sixth beam direction also represented by the arrows[3129], [3131], being an up-light beam direction. Also in those examples[2700], the control system [2702] may be programmed for causing thefourth and fifth and sixth beams [2920], [2926], [2932] to becollectively synchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight[2832] by initially modulating the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920] to relatively be substantially greater than a sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while modulating the sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] to relatively be substantiallygreater than the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926]; and bythen gradually modulating the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam[2926] to relatively become substantially greater than the sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while gradually modulating thesixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920]. In other examples [2700] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [2702] may be programmed for causing two of the beams[2920], [2926], [2932] among the fourth and fifth and sixth beams[2920], [2926], [2932] to be collectively synchronized with theprogression of ambient sunlight [2832] by initially modulating anintensity [3128], [3130], [3133] of a one of the beams [2920], [2926],[2932] to relatively be substantially greater than another intensity[3128], [3130], [3133] of another one of the beams [2920], [2926],[2932], and by then gradually modulating the another intensity [3128],[3130], [3133] of the another one of the beams [2920], [2926], [2932] torelatively become substantially greater than the intensity [3128],[3130], [3133] of the one of the beams [2920], [2926], [2932].

FIGS. 27-31 further illustrate an example [2800] of an implementation ofa lighting system. In some examples, the lighting system [2800] mayinclude: the first visible-light source [2802]; and the secondvisible-light source [2816]; and the third visible-light source [2817];and the example [2700] of the lighting controller. In the example [2800]of the lighting system, the lighting controller [2700] may include thecontrol system [2702]. Further in the example [2800] of the lightingsystem, the control system [2702] may include the first control facility[2704] and the second control facility [2706] and the third controlfacility [2707]. Additionally in the example [2800] of the lightingsystem, the first control facility [2704] may be coupled as representedby a dashed line [2714] with the first visible-light source [2802] forcontrolling the first intensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] of thefirst visible-light emissions [2814], [2815]. Further in the example[2800] of the lighting system, the second control facility [2706] may becoupled as represented by a dashed line [2716] with the secondvisible-light source [2816] for controlling the second intensity [2830]of the second beam [2824] of the second visible-light emissions [2826],[2827]. Additionally in the example [2800] of the lighting system, thethird control facility [2707] may be coupled as represented by a dashedline [2718] with the third visible-light source [2817] for controllingthe third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2829], [2831]. In the example [2800] of thelighting system, the first control facility [2704] may be forcontrolling the first visible-light source [2802] as including a firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804], [2806], [2808]being spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis [2810], the firstvisible-light source [2802] being positioned for directing a first beam[2812] of first visible-light emissions being represented by arrows[2814], [2815] from the first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2804], [2806], [2808] in a first beam direction alsorepresented by the arrows [2814], [2815]. In the example [2800] of thelighting system, the second control facility [2706] may be forcontrolling a second visible-light source [2816] including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2818], [2820], [2822]being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810], thesecond visible-light source [2816] being positioned for directing asecond beam [2824] of second visible-light emissions being representedby arrows [2826], [2827] from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2818], [2820], [2822] in a second beam directionalso being represented by the arrows [2826], [2827]. In the example[2800] of the lighting system, the third control facility [2707] may befor controlling a third visible-light source [2817] including a thirdplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2823]being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810], thethird visible-light source [2817] being positioned for directing a thirdbeam [2825] of third visible-light emissions being represented by arrows[2829], [2831] from the third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2819], [2821], [2823] in a third beam direction also beingrepresented by the arrows [2829], [2831]. In some examples [2800] of thelighting system, the first visible-light source [2802] may include thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804], [2806],[2808] as being arranged in a first string as shown in FIG. 28; and thesecond visible-light source [2816] may include the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2818], [2820], [2822] as beingarranged in a second string also shown in FIG. 28; and the thirdvisible-light source [2817] may include the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2823] as beingarranged in a third string also shown in FIG. 28; and the first andsecond and third strings may generally be mutually parallel. In otherexamples [2800] of the lighting system (not shown), the first and secondand third strings may generally oriented as not being mutually parallel.

In the example [2800] of the lighting system, the first control facility[2704] may be programmed for controlling a first intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2828] of the first beam [2812] of the firstvisible-light emissions [2814], [2815], and the second control facility[2706] may be programmed for controlling a second intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2830] of the second beam [2824] of the secondvisible light emissions [2826], [2827] and the third control facility[2707] may be programmed for controlling a third intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2833] of the third beam [2825] of the thirdvisible light emissions [2829], [2831]. In the example [2800] of thelighting system, the control system [2702] may be programmed formodulating the first intensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] and thesecond intensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] and the thirdintensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in a manner for causing thefirst and second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827],[2829], [2831] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2832].

In some examples [2800] of the lighting system, the first beam direction[2814], [2815] and the second beam direction [2826], [2827] and thethird beam direction [2829], [2831] may be down-light beam directions asrepresented by the arrows [2828], [2830], [2832]. Further in thoseexamples [2800] of the lighting system, the control system [2702] mayfurther include a fourth control facility [2718] being coupled asrepresented by a dashed line [2715] with a fourth visible-light source[2916] including a fourth plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2918], [3106], [3002] being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis [2810]. Further in those examples [2800] of thelighting system, the fourth visible-light source [2916] may bepositioned for directing a fourth beam [2920] of fourth visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [3114], [3115] from the fourthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2918], [3106], [3002]in a fourth beam direction also represented by the arrows [3114],[3115], being an up-light beam direction.

Additionally in those examples [2800] of the lighting system, thecontrol system [2702] may additionally include a fifth control facility[2720] being coupled as represented by a dashed line [2717] with a fifthvisible-light source [2922] including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2924], [3120], [3006] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810] Further in those examples [2800]of the lighting system, the fifth visible-light source [2922] may bepositioned for directing a fifth beam [2926] of fifth visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [3126], [3127] from the fifthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2924], [3120], [3006]in a fifth beam direction also represented by the arrows [3126], [3127],being an up-light beam direction. Further in those examples [2800] ofthe lighting system, the control system [2702] may be programmed forcausing the fourth and fifth beams [2920], [2926] to be collectivelysynchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight [2832] byinitially modulating a fourth intensity [3128] of the fourth beam [2920]to relatively be substantially greater than a fifth intensity [3130] ofthe fifth beam [2926], and by then gradually modulating the fifthintensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920].

Also in those examples [2800] of the lighting system, the control system[2702] may additionally include a sixth control facility [2722] beingcoupled as represented by a dashed line [2719] with a sixthvisible-light source [2928] including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2930], [3121], [3004] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Further in those examples [2800]of the lighting system, the sixth visible-light source [2928] may bepositioned for directing a sixth beam [2932] of sixth visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [3129], [3131] from the sixthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2930], [3121], [3004]in a sixth beam direction also represented by the arrows [3129], [3131],being an up-light beam direction. Also in those examples [2800] of thelighting system, the control system [2702] may be programmed for causingthe fourth and fifth and sixth beams [2920], [2926], [2932] to becollectively synchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight[2832] by initially modulating the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920] to relatively be substantially greater than a sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while modulating the sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] to relatively be substantiallygreater than the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926]; and bythen gradually modulating the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam[2926] to relatively become substantially greater than the sixthintensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while gradually modulating thesixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920].

FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an example [3200] of a lightingcontroller, being utilized together with the lighting system [100]discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 1-4. Examples [1700], [2200],[2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussed herein,respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methodsare discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21;35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800],[2300], and [2800] of lighting systems together with which the example[3200] of the lighting controller may be utilized are discussed herein,respectively, in connection with FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21;22-26; and 27-31. It is understood throughout this specification thateach one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of thelighting controller may be utilized together with a lighting system[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of thefeatures or combinations of features that are disclosed in connectionwith any one or more of such lighting systems. It is further understoodthroughout this specification that each one of the examples [3400],[3500], [3600] of the lighting control method may be utilized togetherwith any of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of thelighting controller, for controlling a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lighting systems and the entireties ofthe discussions of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300]of the lighting controller and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methods are herebyincorporated into the following discussion of the example [3200] of animplementation of the lighting controller.

As shown in FIG. 32, the example [3200] of the implementation of thelighting controller includes a control system [3202] including a firstcontrol facility [3204] and a second control facility [3206] and a thirdcontrol facility [3207]. In the example [3200] of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility [3204] is for controlling a firstvisible-light source [118] including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [120], [122] being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis [108], the first visible-light source [118] beingpositioned for directing a first beam of first visible-light emissionsbeing represented by arrows [124], [126] from the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [120], [122] into an edge-litlightguide panel [102] in a first beam direction being represented bythe arrows [124], [126]. In the example [3200] of the lightingcontroller, the second control facility [3206] is for controlling asecond visible-light source [136] including a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [138], [140] being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis [108], the second visible-lightsource [136] being positioned for directing a second beam of secondvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [142], [144] fromthe second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [138],[140] into another edge-lit lightguide panel [104] in a second beamdirection being represented by the arrows [142], [144]. In the example[3200] of the lighting controller, the first control facility [3204] isprogrammed for controlling a first intensity of the first beam [124],[126] of the first visible-light emissions [124], [126], and the secondcontrol facility [3206] is programmed for controlling a second intensityof the second beam [142], [144] of the second visible light emissions[142], [144]. In the example [3200] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [3202] is programmed for modulating the first intensityof the first beam [124], [126] and the second intensity of the secondbeam [142], [144] in a manner for causing the first and second beams[124], [126], [142], [144] of the first and second visible-lightemissions [124], [126], [142], [144] to collectively emulate aprogression of ambient sunlight being represented by an arrow [190]. Insome examples [3200] of the lighting controller, the third controlfacility [3207] may be for controlling a third visible-light source[154] including a third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [156], [158] being spaced apart from and along the longitudinalaxis [108], the third visible-light source [154] being positioned fordirecting a third beam of third visible-light emissions beingrepresented by arrows [160], [162] from the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [156], [158] in a beam directionbeing represented by the arrows [160], [162] through a total internalreflection lens [106] generally towards an output interface [148]. Inthose examples [3200] of the lighting controller, the control system[3202] may be programmed for modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam [124], [126] and the second intensity of the second beam [142],[144] and the third intensity of the third beam [160], [162] in a mannerfor causing the first and second and third beams [124], [126], [142],[144], [160], [162] of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions [124], [126], [142], [144], [160], [162] to collectivelyemulate a progression of ambient sunlight being represented by the arrow[190].

FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an example [3300] of a lightingcontroller, being utilized together with the lighting system [900]discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 9-12. Examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32,1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 34,17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], and [2800] of lighting systems together with which theexample [3300] of the lighting controller may be utilized are discussedherein, respectively, in connection with FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16;18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. It is understood throughout this specificationthat each one of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] ofthe lighting controller may be utilized together with a lighting system[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of thefeatures or combinations of features that are disclosed in connectionwith any one or more of such lighting systems. It is further understoodthroughout this specification that each one of the examples [3400],[3500], [3600] of the lighting control method may be utilized togetherwith any of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of thelighting controller, for controlling a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. It is additionally understoodthroughout this specification that a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] may include any of the features orcombinations of features that are disclosed in connection with any oneor more of such lighting systems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and theentireties of the discussions of the examples [100], [500], [900],[1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] of lighting systems and the entireties ofthe discussions of the examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300]of the lighting controller and the entireties of the discussions of theexamples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting control methods are herebyincorporated into the following discussion of the example [3300] of animplementation of the lighting controller.

As shown in FIG. 33, the example [3300] of the implementation of thelighting controller includes a control system [3302] including a firstcontrol facility [3304] and a second control facility [3306] and a thirdcontrol facility [3307]. In the example [3300] of the lightingcontroller, the first control facility [3304] is for controlling a firstvisible-light source [918] including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [920], [922] being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis [908], the first visible-light source [918] beingpositioned for directing a first beam of first visible-light emissionsbeing represented by arrows [924], [926] from the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [920], [922] into an edge-litlightguide panel [902] in a first beam direction being represented bythe arrows [924], [926]. In the example [3300] of the lightingcontroller, the second control facility [3306] is for controlling asecond visible-light source [936] including a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [938], [940] being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis [908], the second visible-lightsource [936] being positioned for directing a second beam of secondvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [942], [944] fromthe second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [938],[940] into another edge-lit lightguide panel [904] in a second beamdirection being represented by the arrows [942], [944]. In the example[3300] of the lighting controller, the first control facility [3304] isprogrammed for controlling a first intensity of the first beam [924],[926] of the first visible-light emissions [924], [926], and the secondcontrol facility [3306] is programmed for controlling a second intensityof the second beam [942], [944] of the second visible light emissions[942], [944]. In the example [3300] of the lighting controller, thecontrol system [3302] is programmed for modulating the first intensityof the first beam [924], [926] and the second intensity of the secondbeam [942], [944] in a manner for causing the first and second beams[924], [926], [942], [944] of the first and second visible-lightemissions [924], [926], [942], [944] to collectively emulate aprogression of ambient sunlight being represented by an arrow [990]. Insome examples [3300] of the lighting controller, the third controlfacility [3307] may be for controlling a third visible-light source[954] including a third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [956], [958] being spaced apart from and along the longitudinalaxis [908], the third visible-light source [954] being positioned fordirecting a third beam of third visible-light emissions beingrepresented by arrows [960], [962] from the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [956], [958] in a beam directionbeing represented by the arrows [960], [962] through a bowl reflector[906] generally towards an output interface [948]. In those examples[3300] of the lighting controller, the control system [3302] may beprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam [924],[926] and the second intensity of the second beam [942], [944] and thethird intensity of the third beam [960], [962] in a manner for causingthe first and second and third beams [924], [926], [942], [944], [960],[962] of the first and second and third visible-light emissions [924],[926], [942], [944], [960], [962] to collectively emulate a progressionof ambient sunlight being represented by the arrow [990].

FIG. 34 is a flow chart of an example [3400] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [1700] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 17-21.Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [3400] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, in connectionwith FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. It isunderstood throughout this specification that each one of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may beutilized together with a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations offeatures that are disclosed in connection with any one or more of suchlighting systems. It is further understood throughout this specificationthat each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lightingcontrol method may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, forcontrolling a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800],[2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations of featuresthat are disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. It is additionally understood throughout this specificationthat a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300],[2800] may include any of the features or combinations of features thatare disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussionsof the examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] oflighting systems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller andthe entireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of lighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [3400] of an implementation of the lightingcontrol method.

As shown in FIG. 34 and FIGS. 17-21, the example [3400] of theimplementation of the lighting control method starts at step [3410]. Atstep [3420], the example [3400] of the lighting control method includesproviding a control system [1702] including a first control facility[1704] and a second control facility [1706]. Step [3430] of the example[3400] of the lighting control method includes placing the first controlfacility [1704] in control of a first visible-light source [1802]including a first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[1804], [1806], [1808] being spaced apart from and along a longitudinalaxis [1810]; and includes positioning the first visible-light source[1802] for directing a first beam [1812] of first visible-lightemissions being represented by arrows [1814], [1815] from the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804], [1806], [1808]in a first beam direction also represented by the arrows [1814], [1815].Additionally, step [3430] of the example [3400] of the lighting controlmethod includes placing the second control facility [1706] in control ofa second visible-light source [1816] including a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [1810]; and includespositioning the second visible-light source [1816] for directing asecond beam [1824] of second visible-light emissions being representedby arrows [1826], [1827] from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] in a second beam directionalso being represented by the arrows [1826], [1827]. At step [3440] ofthe example [3400] of the lighting control method, the first controlfacility [1704] is caused to control a first intensity being representedby an arrow [1828] of the first beam [1812] of the first visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815]; and the second control facility [1706] iscaused to control a second intensity being represented by an arrow[1830] of the second beam [1824] of the second visible light emissions[1826], [1827]. Also at step [3440] of the example [3400] of thelighting control method, the control system [1702] is caused to modulatethe first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner causing the firstand second beams [1812], [1824] of the first and second visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] to collectively emulate aprogression of ambient sunlight being represented by an arrow [1832]. Insome examples [3400], the lighting control method may then end at step[3450].

In some examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude the control system [1702] as causing the first and second beams[1812], [1824] to collectively emulate the progression [1832] of ambientsunlight by initially modulating the first intensity [1828] of the firstbeam [1812] to relatively be substantially greater than the secondintensity [1830] of the second beam [1824], and by then graduallymodulating the second intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] torelatively become substantially greater than the first intensity [1828]of the first beam [1812]. In further examples [3400] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3440] may include causing the control system[1702] to facilitate an alignment being represented by arrows [1902],[1904] of the first beam [1812] towards a first boundary represented bya dashed line [B1] of an ambient space represented by a dashed box [S]and to facilitate another alignment being represented by arrows [1906],[1908] of the second beam [1824] towards a second boundary representedby a dashed line [B2] of the ambient space [S] being opposite to thefirst boundary [B1]. In some of those examples [3400] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3440] may include causing the control system[1702] to facilitate the alignment [1902], [1904] of the first beam[1812] as being towards the first boundary [B1] of the ambient space [S]and to facilitate the alignment [1906], [1908] of the second beam [1824]as being towards the second boundary [B2] of the ambient space [S], witheach of the first and second beams [1812], [1824] being aligned towardthe boundaries [B1] and [B2] as being spaced apart from and on oppositesides of a vertical dashed line [1910] intersecting the longitudinalaxis [1810]. As additional examples [3400] of the lighting controlmethod, step [3420] may include providing the control system [1702] ashaving an indicator [1708] for facilitating an alignment beingrepresented by the arrows [1902], [1904] of the first beam [1812]towards the first boundary [B1] of the ambient space [S] and forfacilitating another alignment being represented by the arrows [1906],[1908] of the second beam [1824] towards the second boundary [B2] of theambient space [S] being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In someexamples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] may includecausing the control system [1702] to facilitate an alignment beingrepresented by arrows [1902], [1904] of the first beam [1812] towards anEastward direction being represented by the dashed line [B1] of theambient space [S] and to facilitate another alignment being representedby arrows [1906], [1908] of the second beam [1824] towards a Westwarddirection being represented by the dashed line [B2] of the ambient space[S] being opposite to the Eastward direction [B1]. In further examples[3400] of the lighting control method, step [3420] may include providingthe control system [1702] with the indicator [1708] as being forfacilitating an alignment being represented by arrows [1902], [1904] ofthe first beam [1812] towards an Eastward direction being represented bythe dashed line [B1] of the ambient space [S] and as being forfacilitating another alignment being represented by arrows [1906],[1908] of the second beam [1824] towards a Westward direction beingrepresented by the dashed line [B2] of the ambient space [S] beingopposite to the Eastward direction [B1].

In some examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to modulate the firstintensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the second intensity[1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner for causing the first andsecond beams [1812], [1824] of the first and second visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight [1832] through a portion of a cycleextending from sunrise being represented by a line [1834] to sunsetbeing represented by a line [1836]; or through a period beginning beforesunrise; or through a period ending after sunset; or through a periodboth beginning before sunrise and ending after sunset. In some examples[3400] of the lighting control method, step [3400] may include causingthe control system [1702] to modulate the first intensity [1828] of thefirst beam [1812] and the second intensity [1830] of the second beam[1824] in a manner causing the first and second beams [1812], [1824] ofthe first and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815], [1826],[1827] to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight[1832] throughout the cycle extending from sunrise being represented bythe line [1834] to sunset being represented by the line [1836]. Infurther examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to modulate the firstintensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the second intensity[1830] of the second beam [1824] in a manner for causing the first andsecond beams [1812], [1824] of the first and second visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815], [1826], [1827] to collectively initiate anemulation of the progression of ambient sunlight [1832] when a localsunrise occurs as represented by the line [1834] and to collectivelyconclude the emulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs asrepresented by the line [1836]. In some of those examples [3400] of thelighting control method, step [3420] may include providing the controlsystem [1702] as including an ambient light sensor [1710] beingprogrammed for sensing an occurrence of the local sunrise [1834] or anoccurrence of the local sunset [1836]. In other examples [3400] of thelighting control method, step [3420] may include providing the controlsystem [1702] as including a programmable user interface [1712]; andstep [3440] may include utilizing the programmable user interface [1712]to enter into the control system [1702] an arbitrary selection of asimulated sunrise time [1834] and a simulated sunset time [1836]. Infurther examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to modulate the firstintensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] and the second intensity[1830] of the second beam [1824] as having a maximum ratio of the firstintensity [1828] divided by the second intensity [1830], or as having amaximum ratio of the second intensity [1830] divided by the firstintensity [1828], being at least about 10:1. In additional examples[3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] may include causingthe control system [1702] to modulate the first intensity [1828] of thefirst beam [1812] and the second intensity [1830] of the second beam[1824] as having a maximum ratio of the first intensity [1828] dividedby the second intensity [1830], or of the second intensity [1830]divided by the first intensity [1828], being at least about 100:1. Insome examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to modulate the firstintensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] in a first range, and tomodulate the second intensity [1830] of the second beam [1824] in asecond range, in a manner causing the first and second beams [1812],[1824] of the first and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815],[1826], [1827] to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight [1832].

In further examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440]may include causing the control system [1702] to control the first beam[1812] of the first visible-light emissions [1814], [1815] as having afirst baseline intensity being represented by an arrow [1838] and tocontrol the second beam [1824] of the second visible-light emissions[1826], [1827] as having a second baseline intensity being representedby an arrow [1840]. Further in those examples [3400] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3440] may include causing the control system[1702] to modulate the first intensity [1828] of the first beam [1812]in a first range [1842] being additive to the first baseline intensity[1838] and to modulate the second intensity [1830] of the second beam[1824] in a second range [1844] being additive to the second baselineintensity [1840], in a manner causing the first and second beams [1812],[1824] of the first and second visible-light emissions [1814], [1815],[1826], [1827] to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight [1832].

In some examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3430] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to have the first controlfacility [1704] as being coupled as represented by a dashed line [1714]with the first visible-light source [1802] for controlling the firstintensity [1828] of the first beam [1812] of the first visible-lightemissions [1814], [1815]; and step [3430] may further include causingthe control system [1702] to have the second control facility [1706] asbeing coupled as represented by a dashed line [1716] with the secondvisible-light source [1816] for controlling the second intensity [1830]of the second beam [1824] of the second visible-light emissions [1826],[1827].

In other examples [3400] of the lighting control method, step [3440] mayinclude causing the control system [1702] to cause the first controlfacility [1704] to control the first visible-light source [1802] withthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [1804],[1806], [1808] being collectively configured for generating the firstvisible-light emissions [1814], [1815] as having a selectable firstperceived color point [1812]. In those examples [3400] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3440] may further include causing the controlsystem [1702] to cause the second control facility [1706] to control thesecond visible-light source [1816] with the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [1818], [1820], [1822] beingcollectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions [1826], [1827] as having a selectable second perceived colorpoint [1824].

FIG. 35 is a flow chart of an example [3500] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [2200] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 22-26.Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [3500] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, in connectionwith FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. It isunderstood throughout this specification that each one of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may beutilized together with a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations offeatures that are disclosed in connection with any one or more of suchlighting systems. It is further understood throughout this specificationthat each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lightingcontrol method may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, forcontrolling a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800],[2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations of featuresthat are disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. It is additionally understood throughout this specificationthat a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300],[2800] may include any of the features or combinations of features thatare disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussionsof the examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] oflighting systems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller andthe entireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of lighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [3500] of an implementation of the lightingcontrol method.

As shown in FIG. 35 and in FIGS. 22-26, the example [3500] of theimplementation of the lighting control method starts at step [3510]. Atstep [3520], the example [3500] of the lighting control method includesproviding a control system [2202] including a first control facility[2204] and a second control facility [2206] and a third control facility[2207]. Further, step [3530] of the example [3500] of the lightingcontrol method includes placing the first control facility [2204] incontrol of a first visible-light source [2302] including a firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308]being spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis [2310]; andincludes positioning the first visible-light source [2302] for directinga first beam [2312] of first visible-light emissions being representedby arrows [2314], [2315] from the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2304], [2306], [2308] in a first beam directionalso represented by the arrows [2314], [2315]. Additionally, step [3530]of the example [3500] of the lighting control method includes placingthe second control facility [2206] in control of a second visible-lightsource [2316] including a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2310]; and includes positioning thesecond visible-light source [2316] for directing a second beam [2324] ofsecond visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2326],[2327] from the second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[2318], [2320], [2322] in a second beam direction also being representedby the arrows [2326], [2327]. Further, step [3530] of the example [3500]of the lighting control method includes placing the third controlfacility [2207] in control of a third visible-light source [2317]including a third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices[2319], [2321], [2323] being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis [2310]; and includes positioning the thirdvisible-light source [2317] for directing a third beam [2325] of thirdvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2329], [2331] fromthe third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2319],[2321], [2323] in a third beam direction also being represented by thearrows [2329], [2331]. At step [3540] of the example [3500] of thelighting control method, the first control facility [2204] is caused tocontrol a first intensity being represented by an arrow [2328] of thefirst beam [2312] of the first visible-light emissions [2314], [2315];and the second control facility [2206] is caused to control a secondintensity being represented by an arrow [2330] of the second beam [2324]of the second visible light emissions [2326], [2327]; and the thirdcontrol facility [2207] is caused to control a third intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2333] of the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible light emissions [2329], [2331]. Also at step [3540] of theexample [3500] of the lighting control method, the control system [2202]is caused to modulate the first intensity [2328] of the first beam[2312] and the second intensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] and thethird intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a manner causing thefirst and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327],[2329], [2331] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2332]. In some examples [3500], thelighting control method may then end at step [3550].

In some examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] mayinclude the control system [2202] as causing the first and second andthird beams [2312], [2324], [2325] to collectively emulate theprogression [2332] of ambient sunlight by initially modulating the firstintensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] to relatively be substantiallygreater than the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] whilemodulating the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] torelatively be substantially greater than the second intensity [2330] ofthe second beam [2324], and by then gradually modulating the secondintensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the third intensity [2333] of the third beam[2325] while gradually modulating the third intensity [2333] of thethird beam [2325] to relatively become substantially greater than thefirst intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312]. In other examples[3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] may include thecontrol system [2202] as causing two of the beams [2312], [2324], [2325]among the first and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] totogether emulate the progression [2332] of ambient sunlight by initiallymodulating an intensity [2328], [2330], [2333] of a one of the beams[2312], [2324], [2325] to relatively be substantially greater thananother intensity [2328], [2330], [2333] of another one of the beams[2312], [2324], [2325], and by then gradually modulating the anotherintensity [2328], [2330], [2333] of the another one of the beams [2312],[2324], [2325] to relatively become substantially greater than theintensity [2328], [2330], [2333] of the one of the beams [2312], [2324],[2325].

In further examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540]may include causing the control system [2202] to facilitate an alignmentbeing represented by arrows [2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312]towards a first boundary represented by a dashed line [B1] of an ambientspace represented by a dashed box [S] and to facilitate anotheralignment being represented by arrows [2406], [2408] of the second beam[2324] towards a second boundary represented by a dashed line [B2] ofthe ambient space [S] being opposite to the first boundary [B1]. In someof those examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] mayinclude causing the control system [2202] to facilitate the alignment[2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312] as being towards the firstboundary [B1] of the ambient space [S] and to facilitate the alignment[2406], [2408] of the second beam [2324] as being towards the secondboundary [B2] of the ambient space [S], with each of the first andsecond beams [2312], [2324] being aligned toward the boundaries [B1] and[B2] as being spaced apart from and on opposite sides of a verticaldashed line [2410] intersecting the longitudinal axis [2310]. Asadditional examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3520]may include providing the control system [2202] as having an indicator[2208] for facilitating an alignment being represented by the arrows[2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312] towards the first boundary [B1]of the ambient space [S] and for facilitating another alignment beingrepresented by the arrows [2406], [2408] of the second beam [2324]towards the second boundary [B2] of the ambient space [S] being oppositeto the first boundary [B1]. In some examples [3500] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3540] may include causing the control system[2202] to facilitate an alignment being represented by arrows [2402],[24004] of the first beam [2312] towards an Eastward direction beingrepresented by the dashed line [B1] of the ambient space [S] and tofacilitate another alignment being represented by arrows [2406], [2408]of the second beam [2324] towards a Westward direction being representedby the dashed line [B2] of the ambient space [S] being opposite to theEastward direction [B1]. In further examples [3500] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3520] may include providing the control system[2202] with the indicator [2208] as being for facilitating an alignmentbeing represented by arrows [2402], [2404] of the first beam [2312]towards an Eastward direction being represented by the dashed line [B1]of the ambient space [S] and as being for facilitating another alignmentbeing represented by arrows [2406], [2408] of the second beam [2324]towards a Westward direction being represented by the dashed line [B2]of the ambient space [S] being opposite to the Eastward direction [B1].

In some examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] mayinclude causing the control system [2202] to modulate the firstintensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] and the third intensity [2333] of thethird beam [2325] in a manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight [2332]through a portion of a cycle extending from sunrise being represented bya line [2334] to sunset being represented by a line [2336]; or through aperiod beginning before sunrise; or through a period ending aftersunset; or through a period both beginning before sunrise and endingafter sunset. In some examples [3500] of the lighting control method,step [3540] may include causing the control system [2202] to modulatethe first intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and the secondintensity [2330] of the second beam [2324] and the third intensity[2333] of the third beam [2325] in a manner causing the first and secondand third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight [2332]throughout the cycle extending from sunrise being represented by theline [2334] to sunset being represented by the line [2336]. In furtherexamples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] may includecausing the control system [2202] to modulate the first intensity [2328]of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity [2330] of the secondbeam [2324] and the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in amanner causing the first and second and third beams [2312], [2324],[2325] of the first and second and third visible-light emissions [2314],[2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331] to collectively initiate anemulation of the progression of ambient sunlight [2332] when a localsunrise occurs as represented by the line [2334] and to collectivelyconclude the emulation when a corresponding local sunset occurs asrepresented by the line [2336]. In some of those examples [3500] of thelighting control method, step [3520] may include providing the controlsystem [2202] as including an ambient light sensor [2210] beingprogrammed for sensing an occurrence of the local sunrise [2334] or anoccurrence of the local sunset [2336]. In other examples [3500] of thelighting control method, step [3520] may include providing the controlsystem [2202] as including a programmable user interface [2212]; andstep [3540] may include utilizing the programmable user interface [2212]to enter into the control system [2202] an arbitrary selection of asimulated sunrise time [2334] and a simulated sunset time [2336]. Infurther examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] mayinclude causing the control system [2202] to modulate the firstintensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] and the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] as having a maximum ratio of the firstintensity [2328] divided by the second intensity [2330], or as having amaximum ratio of the second intensity [2330] divided by the firstintensity [2328], being at least about 10:1. In additional examples[3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] may include causingthe control system [2202] to modulate the first intensity [2328] of thefirst beam [2312] and the second intensity [2330] of the second beam[2324] as having a maximum ratio of the first intensity [2328] dividedby the second intensity [2330], or as having a maximum ratio of thesecond intensity [2330] divided by the first intensity [2328], being atleast about 100:1. In some examples [3500] of the lighting controlmethod, step [3540] may include causing the control system [2202] tomodulate the first intensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] in a firstrange, and to modulate the second intensity [2330] of the second beam[2324] in a second range, and to modulate the third intensity [2333] ina third range, in a manner causing the first and second and third beams[2312], [2324], [2325] of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329], [2331] to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight [2332].

In further examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540]may include causing the control system [2202] to control the first beam[2312] of the first visible-light emissions [2314], [2341] as having afirst baseline intensity being represented by an arrow [2338] and tocontrol the second beam [2324] of the second visible-light emissions[2326], [2327] as having a second baseline intensity being representedby an arrow [2340] and to control the third beam [2325] of the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331] as having a third baselineintensity being represented by an arrow [2341]. Further in thoseexamples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] may includecausing control system [2202] to modulate the first intensity [2328] ofthe first beam [2312] in a first range [2342] being additive to thefirst baseline intensity [2338] and to modulate the second intensity[2330] of the second beam [2324] in a second range [2344] being additiveto the second baseline intensity [2340] and to modulate the thirdintensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] in a third range [2343] beingadditive to the third baseline intensity [2341], in a manner causing thefirst and second and third beams [2312], [2324], [2325] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327],[2329], [2331] to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight [2332].

In additional examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step[3540] may include causing the control system [2202] to control thefirst baseline intensity [2338] and the second baseline intensity [2340]and the third baseline intensity [2341] for causing the first beam[2312] and the second beam [2324] and the third beam [2325] tocollectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions [2314], [2315], [2326], [2327], [2329],[2331]. As examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540]may include selecting by the control system [2202] among a plurality ofdifferent pre-programmed combinations of the baseline intensities[2338], [2340], [2341] for the first visible-light emissions [2314],[2315], the second visible-light emissions [2326], [2327], and the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331]. In some of those examples [3500]of the lighting control method, step [3540] may include causing thecontrol system [2202] to control the first baseline intensity [2338] andthe second baseline intensity [2340] and the third baseline intensity[2341], causing the first beam [2312] and the second beam [2324] and thethird beam [2325] to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions [2314], [2315],[2326], [2327], [2329], [2331] being: center wall graze; table withwall-fill; wall wash right; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall washright plus floor; wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing.

In further examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540]may include causing the control system [2202] to effectuate atransition, over a selectable time period, of the baseline intensities[2338], [2340], [2341] for the first visible-light emissions [2314],[2315], the second visible-light emissions [2326], [2327], and the thirdvisible-light emissions [2329], [2331] from a one of the plurality ofpre-programmed combinations to another one of the plurality ofpre-programmed combinations.

In some examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3530] mayinclude causing the control system [2202] to have the first controlfacility [2204] as being coupled as represented by a dashed line [2214]with the first visible-light source [2302] for controlling the firstintensity [2328] of the first beam [2312] of the first visible-lightemissions [2314], [2315]. In those examples [3500] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3530] may further include causing the controlsystem [2202] to have the second control facility [2206] as beingcoupled as represented by a dashed line [2216] with the secondvisible-light source [2316] for controlling the second intensity [2330]of the second beam [2324] of the second visible-light emissions [2326],[2327]. In those examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step[3530] may additionally include causing the control system [2202] tohave the third control facility [2207] as being coupled as representedby a dashed line [2218] with the third visible-light source [2317] forcontrolling the third intensity [2333] of the third beam [2325] of thethird visible-light emissions [2329], [2331].

In other examples [3500] of the lighting control method, step [3540] mayinclude causing the control system [2202] to cause the first controlfacility [2204] to control the first visible-light source [2302] withthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2304],[2306], [2308] being collectively configured for generating the firstvisible-light emissions [2314], [2315] as having a selectable firstperceived color point [2312]. In those examples [3500] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3540] may further include causing the controlsystem [2202] to cause the second control facility [2206] to control thesecond visible-light source [2316] with the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2318], [2320], [2322] beingcollectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions [2326], [2327] as having a selectable second perceived colorpoint [2324]. In those examples [3500] of the lighting control method,step [3540] may additionally include causing control system [2202] tocause the third control facility [2207] to control the thirdvisible-light source [2317] with the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2319], [2321], [2323] being collectivelyconfigured for generating the third visible-light emissions [2329],[2331] as having a selectable third perceived color point [2325].

FIG. 36 is a flow chart of an example [3600] of a lighting controlmethod that may be carried out, as an example, utilizing the lightingcontroller [2700] discussed earlier in connection with FIGS. 27-31.Examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers are discussed herein, respectively, in connection with FIGS.17-21; 22-26; 27-31; 32, 1-4; and 33, 9-12. Examples [3400], [3500],[3600] of lighting control methods are discussed herein, respectively,in connection with FIGS. 34, 17-21; 35, 22-26; and 36, 27-31. Examples[100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], and [2800] of lightingsystems together with which the example [3600] of the lighting controlmethod may be utilized are discussed herein, respectively, in connectionwith FIGS. 1-4; 5-8; 9-12; 13-16; 18-21; 22-26; and 27-31. It isunderstood throughout this specification that each one of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller may beutilized together with a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations offeatures that are disclosed in connection with any one or more of suchlighting systems. It is further understood throughout this specificationthat each one of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of the lightingcontrol method may be utilized together with any of the examples [1700],[2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller, forcontrolling a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800],[2300], [2800] including any of the features or combinations of featuresthat are disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. It is additionally understood throughout this specificationthat a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300],[2800] may include any of the features or combinations of features thatare disclosed in connection with any one or more of such lightingsystems. Accordingly, FIGS. 1-36 and the entireties of the discussionsof the examples [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] oflighting systems and the entireties of the discussions of the examples[1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], [3300] of the lighting controller andthe entireties of the discussions of the examples [3400], [3500], [3600]of lighting control methods are hereby incorporated into the followingdiscussion of the example [3600] of an implementation of the lightingcontrol method.

As shown in FIG. 36 and in FIGS. 27-31, the example [3600] of theimplementation of the lighting control method starts at step [3610]. Insome examples [3600], the lighting control method may include steps[3620], [3630], and [3640], and may then end at step [3650]. In otherexamples [3600], the lighting control method may include steps [3620],[3625], [3630], [3635], [3640], and [3645], and may then end at step[3650].

At step [3620], the example [3600] of the lighting control methodincludes providing a control system [2702] including a first controlfacility [2704] and a second control facility [2706] and a third controlfacility [2707].

Step [3630] of the example [3600] of the lighting control methodincludes placing the first control facility [2704] in control of a firstvisible-light source [2802] including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2804], [2806], [2808] being spaced apart fromand along a longitudinal axis [2810]; and includes positioning the firstvisible-light source [2802] for directing a first beam [2812] of firstvisible-light emissions being represented by arrows [2814], [2815] fromthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2804],[2806], [2808] in a first beam direction also represented by the arrows[2814], [2815]. Additionally, step [3630] of the example [3600] of thelighting control method includes placing the second control facility[2706] in control of a second visible-light source [2816] including asecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2818], [2820],[2822] being spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810];and includes positioning the second visible-light source [2816] fordirecting a second beam [2824] of second visible-light emissions beingrepresented by arrows [2826], [2827] from the second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2818], [2820], [2822] in a secondbeam direction also being represented by the arrows [2826], [2827].Additionally, step [3630] of the example [3600] of the lighting controlmethod includes placing the third control facility [2707] in control ofa third visible-light source [2817] including a third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2819], [2821], [2328] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810]; and includespositioning the third visible-light source [2817] for directing a thirdbeam [2825] of third visible-light emissions being represented by arrows[2829], [2831] from the third plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices [2819], [2821], [2823] in a third beam direction also beingrepresented by the arrows [2829], [2831].

At step [3640] of the example [3600] of the lighting control method, thefirst control facility [2704] is caused to control a first intensitybeing represented by an arrow [2828] of the first beam [2812] of thefirst visible-light emissions [2814], [2815]; and the second controlfacility [2706] is caused to control a second intensity beingrepresented by an arrow [2830] of the second beam [2824] of the secondvisible light emissions [2826], [2827]; and the third control facility[2707] is caused to control a third intensity being represented by anarrow [2833] of the third beam [2825] of the third visible lightemissions [2829], [2831]. Also at step [3640] of the example [3600] ofthe lighting control method, the control system [2702] may be caused tomodulate the first intensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] and thesecond intensity [2830] of the second beam [2824] and the thirdintensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] in a manner causing the firstand second and third beams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first andsecond and third visible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827],[2829], [2831] to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlightbeing represented by an arrow [2832]. In some examples [3600], thelighting control method may then end at step [3650]. In other examples[3600] of the lighting control method, step [3640] may include thecontrol system [2702] as being caused to modulate an intensity [2828],[2830], [2833] of a one among the beams [2812], [2824], [2825], and tomodulate another intensity [2828], [2830], [2833] of another one amongthe beams [2812], [2824], [2825], in a manner causing the two among thebeams [2812], [2824], [2825] of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions [2814], [2815], [2826], [2827], [2829], [2831]to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight beingrepresented by the arrow [2832].

In some examples, step [3630] of the lighting control method [3600] mayinclude causing the control system [2702] to have the first controlfacility [2704] as being coupled as represented by a dashed line [2714]with the first visible-light source [2802] for controlling the firstintensity [2828] of the first beam [2812] of the first visible-lightemissions [2814], [2815]. In those examples [3600] of the lightingcontrol method, step [3630] may further include causing the controlsystem [2702] to have the second control facility [2706] as beingcoupled as represented by a dashed line [2716] with the secondvisible-light source [2816] for controlling the second intensity [2830]of the second beam [2824] of the second visible-light emissions [2826],[2827]. In those examples [3600] of the lighting control method, step[3630] may additionally include causing the control system [2702] tohave the third control facility [2707] as being coupled as representedby a dashed line [2718] with the third visible-light source [2817] forcontrolling the third intensity [2833] of the third beam [2825] of thethird visible-light emissions [2829], [2831].

In some examples, the lighting control method [3600] may further includestep [3625], step [3635], and step [3645]. In some examples [3600] ofthe lighting control method, step [3625] may include positioning thefirst beam direction [2814], [2815] and the second beam direction[2826], [2827] and the third beam direction [2829], [2831] as beingdown-light beam directions as represented by the arrows [2828], [2830],[2833]. Further in those examples [3600], step [3625] of the lightingcontrol method may include providing the control system [2702] asincluding a fourth control facility [2718] being coupled with a fourthvisible-light source [2916] including a fourth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices [2918], [3106], [3002] being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Additionally in thoseexamples [3600], step [3635] of the lighting control method may includepositioning the fourth visible-light source [2916] for directing afourth beam [2920] of fourth visible-light emissions being representedby arrows [3114], [3115] from the fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2918], [3106], [3002] in a fourth beam directionalso represented by the arrows [3114], [3115], being an up-light beamdirection. Further in those examples [3600], step [3625] of the lightingcontrol method may include providing the control system [2702] asincluding a fifth control facility [2720] being coupled with a fifthvisible-light source [2922] including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2924], [3120], [3006] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Also in those examples [3600],step [3635] of the lighting control method may include positioning thefifth visible-light source [2922] for directing a fifth beam [2926] offifth visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [3126], [3127]from the fifth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2924],[3120], [3006] in a fifth beam direction also represented by the arrows[3126], [3127], being an up-light beam direction. Further in thoseexamples [3600], step [3645] of the lighting control method may include:causing the control system [2702] to cause the fourth control facility[2718] and the fifth control facility [2720] to respectively control afourth intensity [3128] of the fourth beam [2920] of the fourthvisible-light emissions [3114], [3115] and a fifth intensity [3130] ofthe fifth beam [2926] of the fifth visible-light emissions [3126],[3127]; and causing the control system [2702] to modulate the fourthintensity [3128] of the fourth beam [2920] and the fifth intensity[3130] of the fifth beam [2926]. Additionally in those examples [3600],step [3645] of the lighting control method may include causing thecontrol system [2702] to cause the fourth and fifth beams [2920], [2926]to be collectively synchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight[2832] by initially modulating a fourth intensity [3128] of the fourthbeam [2920] to relatively be substantially greater than a fifthintensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926], and by then graduallymodulating the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926] torelatively become substantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128]of the fourth beam [2920].

Further in those examples [3600], step [3625] of the lighting controlmethod may include providing the control system [2702] as including asixth control facility [2722] being coupled with a sixth visible-lightsource [2928] including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices [2930], [3121], [3004] being spaced apart fromand along the longitudinal axis [2810]. Also in those examples [3600],step [3635] of the lighting control method may include positioning thesixth visible-light source [2928] for directing a sixth beam [2932] ofsixth visible-light emissions being represented by arrows [3129], [3131]from the sixth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices [2930],[3121], [3004] in a sixth beam direction also represented by the arrows[3129], [3131], being an up-light beam direction. Further in thoseexamples [3600], step [3645] of the lighting control method may include:causing the control system [2702] to cause the fourth control facility[2718] and the fifth control facility [2720] and the sixth controlfacility [2722] to respectively control a fourth intensity [3128] of thefourth beam [2920] of the fourth visible-light emissions [3114], [3115]and a fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam [2926] of the fifthvisible-light emissions [3126], [3127] and a sixth intensity [3133] ofthe sixth beam [2932] of the sixth visible-light emissions [3129],[3131]; and causing the control system [2702] to modulate the fourthintensity [3128] of the fourth beam [2920] and the fifth intensity[3130] of the fifth beam [2926] and the sixth intensity [3133] of thesixth beam [2932]. Additionally in those examples [3600], step [3645] ofthe lighting control method may include causing the control system[2702] to cause the fourth and fifth and sixth beams [2920], [2926],[2932] to be collectively synchronized with the progression of ambientsunlight [2832] by initially modulating the fourth intensity [3128] ofthe fourth beam [2920] to relatively be substantially greater than asixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while modulating thesixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] to relatively besubstantially greater than the fifth intensity [3130] of the fifth beam[2926]; and by then gradually modulating the fifth intensity [3130] ofthe fifth beam [2926] to relatively become substantially greater thanthe sixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] while graduallymodulating the sixth intensity [3133] of the sixth beam [2932] torelatively become substantially greater than the fourth intensity [3128]of the fourth beam [2920].

The examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] of lightingcontrollers and the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lighting controlmethods may be utilized in controlling a lighting system [100], [500],[900], [1300], [1800], [2300], [2800] in order to effectively emulate aprogression of ambient sunlight, while: providing appropriateillumination for defined areas; taking into account the purpose for theillumination; being adaptable for a wide variety of area types andpurposes; and providing light emissions having an appropriate andcontrollable brightness and perceived color point(s) and propagatingwith a controllable beam angle range and a controllable field anglerange. The examples [1700], [2200], [2700], [3200], and [3300] oflighting controllers and the examples [3400], [3500], [3600] of lightingcontrol methods may also be utilized to: emulate the progression ofambient sunlight through a cycle, or a portion of a cycle, extendingfrom sunrise to sunset; or to facilitate the initiation of an emulationof the progression of ambient sunlight when a local sunrise occurs andto collectively conclude the emulation when a corresponding local sunsetoccurs; or to enable an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise timeand a simulated sunset time. The examples [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], and [3300] of lighting controllers and the examples [3400],[3500], [3600] of lighting control methods may further be utilized topermit a lighting system [100], [500], [900], [1300], [1800], [2300],[2800] to illuminate an ambient space with a pre-programmed or pre-setbaseline pattern, such as center wall graze, table with wall-fill, wallwash right, wall wash left, double wall wash, wall wash right plusfloor, wall wash left plus floor, room, or batwing, while also emulatinga progression of ambient sunlight. Further lighting systems and lightingmethods with which the lighting controllers [1700], [2200], [2700],[3200], and [3300], the lighting systems [100], [500], [900], [1300],[1800], [2300], [2800] and the lighting control methods [3400], [3500],[3600] may be utilized are disclosed in commonly-owned PCT internationalpatent application serial number PCT/US2018/029380 filed on Apr. 25,2018, and in commonly-owned U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No.62/491,137 filed on Apr. 27, 2017, and in commonly-owned U.S.provisional patent application Ser. No. 62/562,714 filed on Sep. 25,2017, and in commonly-owned U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No.62/665,980 filed on May 2, 2018, the entirety of each one of whichhereby is incorporated herein by reference.

While the present invention has been disclosed in a presently definedcontext, it will be recognized that the present teachings may be adaptedto a variety of contexts consistent with this disclosure and the claimsthat follow. For example, the lighting systems and processes shown inthe figures and discussed above can be adapted in the spirit of the manyoptional parameters described.

1. A lighting controller, comprising: a control system including a firstcontrol facility for controlling a first visible-light source includinga first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spacedapart from and along a longitudinal axis, the first visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing a first beam of first visible-lightemissions from the first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices in a first beam direction; the control system including a secondcontrol facility for controlling a second visible-light source includinga second plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-lightsource being positioned for directing a second beam of secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a second beam direction; wherein the firstcontrol facility is programmed for controlling a first intensity of thefirst beam of the first visible-light emissions, and wherein the secondcontrol facility is programmed for controlling a second intensity of thesecond beam of the second visible light emissions, and wherein thecontrol system is programmed for modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam and the second intensity of the second beam in a manner forcausing the first and second beams of the first and second visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight. 2.The lighting controller of claim 1, wherein the control system isprogrammed for causing the first and second beams to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight by initially modulating thefirst intensity of the first beam to relatively be substantially greaterthan the second intensity of the second beam, and by then graduallymodulating the second intensity of the second beam to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the first intensity of the first beam.
 3. Thelighting controller of claim 1, wherein the control system is programmedfor facilitating an alignment of the first beam towards a first boundaryof an ambient space and for facilitating another alignment of the secondbeam towards a second boundary of the ambient space being opposite tothe first boundary. 4-7. (canceled)
 8. The lighting controller of claim1, wherein the control system is programmed for modulating the firstintensity of the first beam and the second intensity of the second beamin a manner for causing the first and second beams of the first andsecond visible-light emissions to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight throughout a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.9-10. (canceled)
 11. The lighting controller of claim 1, wherein thecontrol system includes a programmable user interface enabling anarbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise time and a simulated sunsettime.
 12. (canceled)
 13. The lighting controller of claim 1, wherein thecontrol system is programmed for modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam in a first range and for modulating the second intensity ofthe second beam in a second range, in the manner for causing the firstand second beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.
 14. Thelighting controller of claim 1, wherein the control system is programmedfor controlling the first beam of the first visible-light emissions ashaving a first baseline intensity and for controlling the second beam ofthe second visible-light emissions as having a second baselineintensity, and wherein the control system is programmed for modulatingthe first intensity of the first beam in a first range being additive tothe first baseline intensity and for modulating the second intensity ofthe second beam in a second range being additive to the second baselineintensity, in the manner for causing the first and second beams of thefirst and second visible-light emissions to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight.
 15. The lighting controller of claim 1,wherein the first control facility is coupled with the firstvisible-light source for controlling the first intensity of the firstbeam of the first visible-light emissions; and wherein the secondcontrol facility is coupled with the second visible-light source forcontrolling the second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions.
 16. The lighting controller of claim 1, whereinthe first control facility is for controlling the first visible-lightsource with the first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing collectively configured for generating the first visible-lightemissions as having a selectable first perceived color point; andwherein the second control facility is for controlling the secondvisible-light source with the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being collectively configured for generating thesecond visible-light emissions as having a selectable second perceivedcolor point.
 17. A lighting system including: the lighting controller ofclaim 1; the first visible-light source; and the second visible-lightsource; wherein the first control facility is coupled with the firstvisible-light source for controlling the first intensity of the firstbeam of the first visible-light emissions; and wherein the secondcontrol facility is coupled with the second visible-light source forcontrolling the second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions.
 18. A lighting controller, comprising: acontrol system including a first control facility for controlling afirst visible-light source including a first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along a longitudinalaxis, the first visible-light source being positioned for directing afirst beam of first visible-light emissions from the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beam direction; thecontrol system including a second control facility for controlling asecond visible-light source including a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and alongthe longitudinal axis, the second visible-light source being positionedfor directing a second beam of second visible-light emissions from thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a secondbeam direction; the control system including a third control facilityfor controlling a third visible-light source including a third pluralityof semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from andalong the longitudinal axis, the third visible-light source beingpositioned for directing a third beam of third visible-light emissionsfrom the third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in athird beam direction; wherein the first control facility is programmedfor controlling a first intensity of the first beam of the firstvisible-light emissions, and wherein the second control facility isprogrammed for controlling a second intensity of the second beam of thesecond visible light emissions, and wherein the third control facilityis programmed for controlling a third intensity of the third beam of thethird visible light emissions, and wherein the control system isprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam and the third intensity of the thirdbeam in a manner for causing the first and second and third beams of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate a progression of ambient sunlight.
 19. The lighting controllerof claim 18, wherein the control system is programmed for causing thefirst and second and third beams to collectively emulate the progressionof ambient sunlight by initially modulating the first intensity of thefirst beam to relatively be substantially greater than the thirdintensity of the third beam while modulating the third intensity of thethird beam to relatively be substantially greater than the secondintensity of the second beam, and by then gradually modulating thesecond intensity of the second beam to relatively become substantiallygreater than the third intensity of the third beam while graduallymodulating the third intensity of the third beam to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the first intensity of the first beam. 20.The lighting controller of claim 18, wherein the control system isprogrammed for facilitating an alignment of the first beam towards afirst boundary of an ambient space and for facilitating anotheralignment of the second beam towards a second boundary of the ambientspace being opposite to the first boundary. 21-24. (canceled)
 25. Thelighting controller of claim 18, wherein the control system isprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam and the third intensity of the thirdbeam in a manner for causing the first and second and third beams of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight throughout a cycle extendingfrom sunrise to sunset. 26-27. (canceled)
 28. The lighting controller ofclaim 18, wherein the control system includes a programmable userinterface enabling an arbitrary selection of a simulated sunrise timeand a simulated sunset time.
 29. (canceled)
 30. The lighting controllerof claim 18, wherein the control system is programmed for modulating thefirst intensity of the first beam in a first range and for modulatingthe second intensity of the second beam in a second range and formodulating the third intensity of the third beam in a third range, inthe manner for causing the first and second and third beams of the firstand second and third visible-light emissions to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight.
 31. The lighting controller of claim18, wherein the control system is programmed for controlling the firstbeam of the first visible-light emissions as having a first baselineintensity and for controlling the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions as having a second baseline intensity and forcontrolling the third beam of the third visible-light emissions ashaving a third baseline intensity, and wherein the control system isprogrammed for modulating the first intensity of the first beam in afirst range being additive to the first baseline intensity and formodulating the second intensity of the second beam in a second rangebeing additive to the second baseline intensity and for modulating thethird intensity of the third beam in a third range being additive to thethird baseline intensity, in the manner for causing the first and secondand third beams of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.32. The lighting controller of claim 31, wherein the control system isprogrammed for controlling the first baseline intensity and the secondbaseline intensity and the third baseline intensity for causing thefirst beam and the second beam and the third beam to collectively form apre-set baseline pattern of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions.
 33. The lighting controller of claim 31, wherein the controlsystem is programmed for selection among a plurality of differentpre-programmed combinations of the baseline intensities for the firstvisible-light emissions, the second visible-light emissions, and thethird visible-light emissions.
 34. The lighting controller of claim 33,wherein the control system is programmed for controlling the firstbaseline intensity and the second baseline intensity and the thirdbaseline intensity for causing the first beam and the second beam andthe third beam to collectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of thefirst and second and third visible-light emissions being: center wallgraze; table with wall-fill; wall wash right; wall wash left; doublewall wash; wall wash right plus floor; wall wash left plus floor; room;or batwing.
 35. The lighting controller of claim 33, wherein the controlsystem is programmed for transitioning, over a selectable time period,the baseline intensities for the first visible-light emissions, thesecond visible-light emissions, and the third visible-light emissionsfrom a one of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations to anotherone of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations.
 36. The lightingcontroller of claim 18, wherein the first control facility is coupledwith the first visible-light source for controlling the first intensityof the first beam of the first visible-light emissions; wherein thesecond control facility is coupled with the second visible-light sourcefor controlling the second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions; and wherein the third control facility iscoupled with the third visible-light source for controlling the thirdintensity of the third beam of the third visible-light emissions. 37.The lighting controller of claim 36, wherein the first beam directionand the second beam direction and the third beam directions aredown-light beam directions.
 38. The lighting controller of claim 37,wherein the control system further includes a fourth control facilitybeing coupled with a fourth visible-light source including a fourthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis, the fourth visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing a fourth beam of fourth visible-lightemissions from the fourth plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices in a fourth beam direction being an up-light beam direction. 39.The lighting controller of claim 38, wherein the control system furtherincludes a fifth control facility being coupled with a fifthvisible-light source including a fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fifth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fifth beam of fifth visible-light emissions from the fifthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fifth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.
 40. The lighting controllerof claim 39, wherein the control system is programmed for causing thefourth and fifth beams to be collectively synchronized with theprogression of ambient sunlight by initially modulating a fourthintensity of the fourth beam to relatively be substantially greater thana fifth intensity of the fifth beam, and by then gradually modulatingthe fifth intensity of the fifth beam to relatively become substantiallygreater than the fourth intensity of the fourth beam.
 41. The lightingcontroller of claim 40, wherein the control system further includes asixth control facility being coupled with a sixth visible-light sourceincluding a sixth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis, the sixthvisible-light source being positioned for directing a sixth beam ofsixth visible-light emissions from the sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a sixth beam direction being an up-light beamdirection.
 42. The lighting controller of claim 41, wherein the controlsystem is programmed for causing the fourth and fifth and sixth beams tobe collectively synchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight byinitially modulating the fourth intensity of the fourth beam torelatively be substantially greater than a sixth intensity of the sixthbeam while modulating the sixth intensity of the sixth beam torelatively be substantially greater than the fifth intensity of thefifth beam, and by then gradually modulating the fifth intensity of thefifth beam to relatively become substantially greater than the sixthintensity of the sixth beam while gradually modulating the sixthintensity of the sixth beam to relatively become substantially greaterthan the fourth intensity of the fourth beam.
 43. The lightingcontroller of claim 18, wherein the first control facility is forcontrolling the first visible-light source with the first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being collectively configured forgenerating the first visible-light emissions as having a selectablefirst perceived color point; and wherein the second control facility isfor controlling the second visible-light source with the secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being collectivelyconfigured for generating the second visible-light emissions as having aselectable second perceived color point; and wherein the third controlfacility is for controlling the third visible-light source with thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices beingcollectively configured for generating the third visible-light emissionsas having a selectable third perceived color point.
 44. A lightingsystem including: the lighting controller of claim 18; the firstvisible-light source; the second visible-light source; and the thirdvisible-light source; wherein the first control facility is coupled withthe first visible-light source for controlling the first intensity ofthe first beam of the first visible-light emissions; wherein the secondcontrol facility is coupled with the second visible-light source forcontrolling the second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible-light emissions; and wherein the third control facility iscoupled with the third visible-light source for controlling the thirdintensity of the third beam of the third visible-light emissions. 45.The lighting system of claim 44, including a fourth visible-light sourceincluding a fourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis, the fourthvisible-light source being positioned for directing a fourth beam offourth visible-light emissions from the fourth plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices in a fourth beam direction being anup-light beam direction, and including a fourth control facility,wherein the fourth control facility is coupled with the fourthvisible-light source for controlling a fourth intensity of the fourthbeam of the fourth visible-light emissions.
 46. A lighting systemincluding: the lighting controller of claim 18; an edge-lit lightguidepanel being extended along the longitudinal axis, the edge-litlightguide panel having a pair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces andhaving a peripheral edge being extended along and spaced transverselyaway from the longitudinal axis, wherein one of the pair of panelsurfaces includes a first light output interface; a first visible-lightsource including a first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices, the first visible-light source being configured for generatingfirst visible-light emissions from the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and being located along the peripheral edge fordirecting the first visible-light emissions into the edge-lit lightguidepanel; another edge-lit lightguide panel being extended along thelongitudinal axis, the another edge-lit lightguide panel having anotherpair of mutually-opposing panel surfaces and having another peripheraledge being extended along and spaced transversely away from thelongitudinal axis, wherein one of the another pair of panel surfacesincludes a second light output interface; a third visible-light sourceincluding a third plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices, thethird visible-light source being configured for generating thirdvisible-light emissions from the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and being located along the another peripheraledge for directing the third visible-light emissions into the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel; a total internal reflection lens, having acentral light-emission axis being transverse to the longitudinal axis,the total internal reflection lens including a third light outputinterface being located between the first and second light outputinterfaces, the third light output interface being spaced apart from acentral light input interface by a total internal reflection sidesurface, the total internal reflection side surface being extended alongthe central light-emission axis, the total internal reflection lenshaving a second visible-light source including a second plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices, the second visible-light sourcebeing configured for generating second visible-light emissions from thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and beinglocated at the central light input interface for directing the secondvisible-light emissions through the total internal reflection lens tothe third light output interface; wherein the first, second and thirdlight output interfaces cooperatively define an emission aperture forforming combined visible-light emissions including the firstvisible-light emissions, the second visible-light emissions, and thethird visible-light emissions; and wherein the emission aperture forms ashielding zone for redirecting some of the combined visible-lightemissions.
 47. A lighting system including: the lighting controller ofclaim 18; an edge-lit lightguide panel being extended along thelongitudinal axis, the edge-lit lightguide panel having a pair ofmutually-opposing panel surfaces and having a peripheral edge beingextended along and spaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis,wherein one of the pair of panel surfaces includes a first light outputinterface; a first visible-light source including a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices, the first visible-light sourcebeing configured for generating first visible-light emissions from thefirst plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and beinglocated along the peripheral edge for directing the first visible-lightemissions into the edge-lit lightguide panel; another edge-litlightguide panel being extended along the longitudinal axis, the anotheredge-lit lightguide panel having another pair of mutually-opposing panelsurfaces and having another peripheral edge being extended along andspaced transversely away from the longitudinal axis, wherein one of theanother pair of panel surfaces includes a second light output interface;a third visible-light source including a third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices, the third visible-light sourcebeing configured for generating third visible-light emissions from thethird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices and beinglocated along the another peripheral edge for directing the thirdvisible-light emissions into the another edge-lit lightguide panel; abowl reflector having a central light-emission axis being transverse tothe longitudinal axis, the bowl reflector including a third light outputinterface being located between the first and second light outputinterfaces, the third light output interface being spaced apart from acentral light input interface by a visible-light-reflective sidesurface, the visible-light-reflective side surface being extended alongthe central light-emission axis and defining a portion of a cavity, thebowl reflector having a second visible-light source including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices, the secondvisible-light source being configured for generating secondvisible-light emissions from the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices and being located at the central light inputinterface for directing the second visible-light emissions through thecavity to the third light output interface; wherein the first, secondand third light output interfaces cooperatively define an emissionaperture for forming combined visible-light emissions including thefirst visible-light emissions, the second visible-light emissions, andthe third visible-light emissions; and wherein the emission apertureforms a shielding zone for redirecting some of the combinedvisible-light emissions.
 48. A lighting control method, comprising:providing a first visible-light source including a first plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along alongitudinal axis, the first visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a first beam of first visible-light emissions from the firstplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a first beamdirection; providing a second visible-light source including a secondplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spaced apartfrom and along the longitudinal axis, the second visible-light sourcebeing positioned for directing a second beam of second visible-lightemissions from the second plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices in a second beam direction; and controlling a first intensity ofthe first beam of the first visible-light emissions, and controlling asecond intensity of the second beam of the second visible lightemissions, by modulating the first intensity of the first beam and thesecond intensity of the second beam in a manner causing the first andsecond beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate a progression of ambient sunlight.
 49. The lightingcontrol method of claim 48, wherein the causing the first and secondbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes initially modulating the first intensity of the first beam torelatively be substantially greater than the second intensity of thesecond beam, and includes then gradually modulating the second intensityof the second beam to relatively become substantially greater than thefirst intensity of the first beam.
 50. (canceled)
 51. The lightingcontrol method of claim 48, wherein the causing the first and secondbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes modulating the first intensity of the first beam and the secondintensity of the second beam in a manner for causing the first andsecond beams of the first and second visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight throughout acycle extending from sunrise to sunset.
 52. (canceled)
 53. The lightingcontrol method of claim 48, wherein the causing the first and secondbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes initiating an emulation of the progression of ambient sunlightat an arbitrary user-selected time of a simulated sunrise and concludingthe emulation at an arbitrary user-selected time of a simulated sunset.54. The lighting control method of claim 48, wherein the causing thefirst and second beams to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight includes modulating the first intensity of the firstbeam in a first range and modulating the second intensity of the secondbeam in a second range, in the manner for causing the first and secondbeams of the first and second visible-light emissions to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight.
 55. The lighting controlmethod of claim 48, wherein the causing the first and second beams tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight includescontrolling the first beam of the first visible-light emissions ashaving a first baseline intensity and controlling the second beam of thesecond visible-light emissions as having a second baseline intensity;and wherein the causing the first and second beams to collectivelyemulate the progression of ambient sunlight includes modulating thefirst intensity of the first beam in a first range being additive to thefirst baseline intensity and modulating the second intensity of thesecond beam in a second range being additive to the second baselineintensity, in the manner for causing the first and second beams of thefirst and second visible-light emissions to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight.
 56. The lighting control method ofclaim 48, wherein the controlling the first visible-light source withthe first plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices includesgenerating the first visible-light emissions as having a selectablefirst perceived color point; and wherein the controlling the secondvisible-light source with the second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices includes generating the second visible-lightemissions as having a selectable second perceived color point.
 57. Alighting control method, comprising: providing a first visible-lightsource including a first plurality of semiconductor light-emittingdevices being spaced apart from and along a longitudinal axis, the firstvisible-light source being positioned for directing a first beam offirst visible-light emissions from the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a first beam direction; providing a secondvisible-light source including a second plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the second visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a second beam of second visible-light emissions from thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a secondbeam direction; and providing a third visible-light source including athird plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices being spacedapart from and along the longitudinal axis, the third visible-lightsource being positioned for directing a third beam of thirdvisible-light emissions from the third plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a third beam direction; and controlling afirst intensity of the first beam of the first visible-light emissions,and controlling a second intensity of the second beam of the secondvisible light emissions, and controlling a third intensity of the thirdbeam of the third visible light emissions by modulating the firstintensity of the first beam and the second intensity of the second beamand the third intensity of the third beam in a manner causing the firstand second and third beams of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions to collectively emulate a progression of ambientsunlight.
 58. The lighting control method of claim 57, wherein thecausing the first and second and third beams to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight includes initially modulating the firstintensity of the first beam to relatively be substantially greater thanthe third intensity of the third beam while modulating the thirdintensity of the third beam to relatively be substantially greater thanthe second intensity of the second beam, and includes then graduallymodulating the second intensity of the second beam to relatively becomesubstantially greater than the third intensity of the third beam whilegradually modulating the third intensity of the third beam to relativelybecome substantially greater than the first intensity of the first beam.59. (canceled)
 60. The lighting control method of claim 57, wherein thecausing the first and second and third beams to collectively emulate theprogression of ambient sunlight includes modulating the first intensityof the first beam and the second intensity of the second beam and thethird intensity of the third beam in a manner for causing the first andsecond and third beams of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightthroughout a cycle extending from sunrise to sunset.
 61. (canceled) 62.The lighting control method of claim 57, wherein the causing the firstand second beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambientsunlight includes initiating an emulation of the progression of ambientsunlight at an arbitrary user-selected time of a simulated sunrise andconcluding the emulation at an arbitrary user-selected time of asimulated sunset.
 63. The lighting control method of claim 57, whereinthe causing the first and second and third beams to collectively emulatethe progression of ambient sunlight includes modulating the firstintensity of the first beam in a first range and modulating the secondintensity of the second beam in a second range and modulating the thirdintensity of the third beam in a third range, in the manner for causingthe first and second and third beams of the first and second and thirdvisible-light emissions to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight.
 64. The lighting control method of claim 57, whereinthe causing the first and second and third beams to collectively emulatethe progression of ambient sunlight includes controlling the first beamof the first visible-light emissions as having a first baselineintensity and controlling the second beam of the second visible-lightemissions as having a second baseline intensity and controlling thethird beam of the third visible-light emissions as having a thirdbaseline intensity; and wherein the causing the first and second andthird beams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes modulating the first intensity of the first beam in a firstrange being additive to the first baseline intensity and modulating thesecond intensity of the second beam in a second range being additive tothe second baseline intensity and modulating the third intensity of thethird beam in a third range being additive to the third baselineintensity, in the manner for causing the first and second and thirdbeams of the first and second and third visible-light emissions tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight.
 65. Thelighting control method of claim 64, wherein the causing the first andsecond and third beams to collectively emulate the progression ofambient sunlight includes controlling the first baseline intensity andthe second baseline intensity and the third baseline intensity forcausing the first beam and the second beam and the third beam tocollectively form a pre-set baseline pattern of the first and second andthird visible-light emissions.
 66. The lighting control method of claim64, wherein the causing the first and second and third beams tocollectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlight includescontrolling the first baseline intensity and the second baselineintensity and the third baseline intensity for causing the first beamand the second beam and the third beam to collectively form a pre-setbaseline pattern of the first and second and third visible-lightemissions being: center wall graze; table with wall-fill; wall washright; wall wash left; double wall wash; wall wash right plus floor;wall wash left plus floor; room; or batwing.
 67. The lighting controlmethod of claim 64, wherein the causing the first and second and thirdbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes transitioning, over a selectable time period, the baselineintensities for the first visible-light emissions, the secondvisible-light emissions, and the third visible-light emissions from aone of the plurality of pre-programmed combinations to another one ofthe plurality of pre-programmed combinations.
 68. The lighting controlmethod of claim 67, wherein the causing the first and second and thirdbeams to collectively emulate the progression of ambient sunlightincludes the first beam direction and the second beam direction and thethird beam directions as being down-light beam directions.
 69. Thelighting control method of claim 68, wherein the method includesproviding a fourth control facility being coupled with a fourthvisible-light source including a fourth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the fourth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a fourth beam of fourth visible-light emissions from thefourth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a fourthbeam direction being an up-light beam direction.
 70. The lightingcontrol method of claim 69, wherein the method includes providing afifth control facility being coupled with a fifth visible-light sourceincluding a fifth plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devicesbeing spaced apart from and along the longitudinal axis, the fifthvisible-light source being positioned for directing a fifth beam offifth visible-light emissions from the fifth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices in a fifth beam direction being an up-light beamdirection.
 71. The lighting control method of claim 70, wherein themethod includes causing the fourth and fifth beams to be collectivelysynchronized with the progression of ambient sunlight by initiallymodulating a fourth intensity of the fourth beam to relatively besubstantially greater than a fifth intensity of the fifth beam, and thengradually modulating the fifth intensity of the fifth beam to relativelybecome substantially greater than the fourth intensity of the fourthbeam.
 72. The lighting control method of claim 70, wherein the methodincludes providing a sixth control facility being coupled with a sixthvisible-light source including a sixth plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being spaced apart from and along thelongitudinal axis, the sixth visible-light source being positioned fordirecting a sixth beam of sixth visible-light emissions from the sixthplurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices in a sixth beamdirection being an up-light beam direction.
 73. The lighting controlmethod of claim 72, wherein the method includes causing the fourth andfifth and sixth beams to be collectively synchronized with theprogression of ambient sunlight by initially modulating the fourthintensity of the fourth beam to relatively be substantially greater thana sixth intensity of the sixth beam while modulating the sixth intensityof the sixth beam to relatively be substantially greater than the fifthintensity of the fifth beam, and then gradually modulating the fifthintensity of the fifth beam to relatively become substantially greaterthan the sixth intensity of the sixth beam while gradually modulatingthe sixth intensity of the sixth beam to relatively become substantiallygreater than the fourth intensity of the fourth beam.
 74. The lightingcontrol method of claim 57, wherein the method includes controlling thefirst visible-light source with the first plurality of semiconductorlight-emitting devices being collectively configured for generating thefirst visible-light emissions as having a selectable first perceivedcolor point; and controlling the second visible-light source with thesecond plurality of semiconductor light-emitting devices beingcollectively configured for generating the second visible-lightemissions as having a selectable second perceived color point; andcontrolling the third visible-light source with the third plurality ofsemiconductor light-emitting devices being collectively configured forgenerating the third visible-light emissions as having a selectablethird perceived color point.